Home

CS1W-ETN01 Ethernet Unit Operation Manual

1. Allocated Words in CIO Area for CPU Bus Units n CIO 1500 25 x unit number 15 0 n 1 O refresh Allocated Words in DM Area for CPU Bus Units n D30000 100 x unit number 15 0 m 1 O refresh The words in the CIO Area and DM Area are allocated according to the unit num ber as shown in the following tables The 25 words are allocated per Unit in the CIO Area and 100 word are allocated per Unit in the DM Area 42 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 CIO Area Allocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 DM Area Allocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal D30000 to D30099 D30800 to D30899 D30100 to D30199 D30900 to D30999 D30200 to D30299 D31000 to D31099 D30300 to D30399 D31100 to D31199 D30400 to D30499 D31200 to D31299 D30500 to D30599 D31300 to D31399 D30600 to D30699 D31400 to D31499 D30700 to D30799 D31500 to D31599
2. 06 01 Command code 06 01 2bytes 4bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes Command Response Error flags Total Total Total Total Total code code number of numberof numberof number number packets receive packets of errors of send received errors sent sent collisions Indicates the operating status and errors that occurred when the Ethernet Unit was started 10 9 8 7 6 54 32 1 0 EE Eee ry ry Bit 01 Transceiver echo test error Bit 02 IP address error Bit 03 IP address table error Bit 04 IP router table error Bit 06 Routing table error Bit 07 Transceiver error Bit 08 Internode test flag OFF Test stopped ON Test running Bit 14 Address disagreement Bit 15 EEPROM error The cause of each error is listed below Transceiver Echo Test Error An error occurred during the self diagnostic testing after the Unit was turned on or reset IP Address Error All bits for the network number or host number are set to O or 1 IP Address Table Error More than 32 records exist in the IP address table IP Router Table Error More than 8 records exist in the IP router table Routing Table Error Local network table contains 0 or more than 16 records Relay network table contains more than 20 records Transceiver Error The transceiver cable is disconnected or the transceiver is defective Address Disagreement The address
3. 4 133 85 Overview Section 6 1 6 1 Overview 6 1 1 Socket Service Functions The socket services allow devices on the Ethernet to send and receive various data using the UDP or TCP protocol The socket services can be used by CS1 series PCs through the user program by manipulating dedicated bits called Socket Service Request Switches or by executing the CMND 490 in struction The two methods of using the socket services are as follows Dedicated Bits Socket Service Request Switches Requests can be made to a socket service by setting parameters and then merely manipulating specific Socket Service Request Switches e CMND 490 Requests can be made to a socket service by sending service request com mands to the Ethernet Unit Note One of the main differences between using Socket Service Request Switches and using CMND 490 is in the number of sockets that can be connected simul taneously as shown in the following table Protocol Socket Service Request CMND 490 Switches Total of 8 sockets max 8 sockets max 8 sockets max Using Socket Service Request Switches CS1 series PC Host computer CPU Unit Ethernet Unit or other device TCP data transfers User program Socket Service Request Switches UDP data transfers See Note 1 Socket Service Parameters Refreshed See Note 2 Note 1 Socket Service Request Switches in the
4. Note 1 Turn OFF the power supply before setting the unit number 2 If the unit number is being set for the first time or changed then an I O table must be created for the PC Unit Number and CPU With CS1 series PCs words are automatically allocated in the CIO Area and the Bus Unit Allocations DM Area The Ethernet Unit uses these words for receiving control data from the CPU Unit and for notifying the CPU Unit of Ethernet Unit and communications status The word addresses in the allocated areas for the CPU Bus Unit are im portant in creating the user program for using the Ethernet Unit so be careful to take them into account when setting the unit number The following table shows the areas allocated for the CPU Bus Unit by unit num ber This table only shows the correspondences between unit numbers and the areas allocated for the CPU Bus Unit For more details refer to Section 4 System Setup and Allocated Areas CIO Area Allocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 DM Area Allocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated
5. 120002 A20207 See note 120003 A21907 When the Communications Port Enabled Flag for port 7 is ON and SEND 090 is not being executed the trans mission execution program will start when execution condition CIO 000001 turns ON Input CIO 120002 remains ON from the start of RECV 098 execution until completion Control Data Creation Word Contents Meaning D0005 00 10 Number of reception words 16 D0006 00 03 Destination network number 3 D0007 20 00 Destination node number 32 1 Destination unit address 0 D0008 07 05 Response required Communications port No used 7 i Number of retries 5 D0009 00 00 Response monitor time Default A total of 16 words of data beginning from word A100 at network number 3 node number 32 unit address 0 the PC is received at word CIO 2000 onwards of the local node Reset Input Creation Reception Error Display Reception Data Processing If there is no reception processing completion error the 16 words of data received from word CIO 2000 on wards is stored at D00040 onwards Note With CS1 series PCs the Communications Port Enabled Flags at bits 0 to 7 in word A202 turn OFF even when the PCMR 260 instruction is being executed using the ports corresponding to those flags 5 3 3 Transmission Delays The methods of computing the maximum time required from execution of the SEND 090 RECV 098
6. 133 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 134 D00010 CMND 490 control data for UDP CLOSE REQUEST 0008H 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 8 bytes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00020 CMND 490 control data for UDP SEND REQUEST 0074H 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 114 0072565 bytes Command format 14 bytes 100 bytes send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00030 CMND 490 control data for UDP RECEIVE REQUEST 000CH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 12 bytes 000Chex Number of bytes received is specified in command data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01000 UDP OPEN REQUEST command data 2701H 0001H 8203H FCOOH 1000H L Local port number set to 4096 1000hex Results storage area set to D01020 03FChex Refer to page 192 for details on formats for socket services UDP socket number Ethernet Unit socket number set to 1 Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01010 UDP 2701H sponse OPEN response Re code
7. Command Block v 160 byte max Command Test data code Parameters Test Data Command This command specifies the data to be sent to the specified nodes Up to 1 460 bytes can be specified Precautions No response is made to this command When using this command set the FINS header parameters or the control data for the CMND 194 instruction as follows Destination node number FF broadcast data Destination unit address FE Ethernet Unit Response no response flag 1 no response 11 3 7 ERROR LOG READ Reads the error log Command Block 21 02 Command Beginning Number code record of number records Response Block 21 02 10 bytes 10 bytes each Command Response Maximum Number Number i Error log code code number of stored of records of stored records records records Parameters Beginning Record Number The first record to be read The first record number can be specified in the range Command between 0000 and 003F 0 to 63 decimal where 0000 is the oldest record 197 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Number of Records The number of records to read is specified between 0001 and 0040 1 to 64 deci Command Response mal in the command The response returns the actual number of records read Maximum Number of Stored The maximum number of records that can be stored in the error log Care is re Records Response quired as the error lo
8. 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup To operate the Ethernet Unit as a node on an Ethernet network the required pa rameters must be set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup part of the CPU Unit s Parameter Areas If any of the following items apply then the system parame ters must be set e Either the IP address table or both the IP address table and automatic address generation are used as the destination IP address conversion method e Transmissions are broadcast using a host number set to all zeroes as the broadcast address when UNIX 4 2BSD specifications are used for the broad cast address e The FINS UDP port number is set to a value other than 9600 A subnet mask other than the one determined from the IP address is set A login name other than CONFIDENTIAL is used for the FTP server function e Communications between segments are required e The mail function is used Newly set parameters go into effect after the Ethernet Unit has been restarted or after the CPU Unit is started again The settings are made using the CX Programmer Note The CPU Bus Unit System Setup is located in the CPU Unit s Parameter Area and not in I O Memory parameters cannot be written using instructions or by editing I O Memory The settings can be made only using the CX Programmer 43 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 4 2 1 Settings 44 Note Destination FINS address Item CX Programmer default Broadcast setting All 1s
9. Command Block Bit a Command code Response Block Bi uns Command Response code code Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 198 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 9 UDP OPEN REQUEST Command Block Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters UDP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Local UDP Port Number Command Response Codes Requests processing to open a socket 27 01 Command UDP Results storage area Local UDP code socket port number number 27 01 Command Response code code Results storage response code The UDP socket number to be opened specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified The UDP port number for communications with the socket is specified as 2 bytes 0 cannot be specified Packets received at this port are distributed to the socket specified in the UDP socket number and send packets are distributed from the UDP socket to this port The port number specified as the FINS UDP port num ber default value 9600 cannot be
10. Stores the respo nse after command execution 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01020 iod OPEN REQUEST results storage area sponse code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D1030 UDP CLOSE REQUEST command data 2704H 0001H 8204H 1A00H 1 Results storage area set to D01050 041 Abe UDP socket number closed set to 1 0001 hex Command code Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01040 UDP de REQUEST response sponse 2704H code D01050 Sid CLOSE REQUEST results storage area sponse code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D02000 UDP SEND REQUEST command data 2703H 0001H 820BH C200H C424H 2037H 1000H 0064H L No of send bytes 100 bytes 0064nex Remote port Port 4096 1000hex Remote address 196 36 32 55 C4hex 24hex 20hex 37hex Results storage area Set to D03010 0BC2hex UDP socket number Command code D03000 UDP SEND REQUEST response 2703H P D03010 sone SEND REQUEST results storage area e No of sponse send code bytes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D04000 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST command data 2702H 0001H 820FH B400H 0064H 0000H t Timeout value Not set No of bytes to receive 100 bytes 0064hex Results storage area
11. Unit error 11 2 Socket Applications The format of the following FINS commands partially differs when the sockets are used Command code SRC UDP OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST 11 2 1 Format The basic format of these commands is shown in the diagram below 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Number of bytes from the beginning of the frame Command Socket Results storage area Parameters code number Command Code Specifies the requested process Socket Number Specifies the socket number for which the process is requested from 1 to 8 Results Storage Area Specifies the area to store the results of the requested process Parameters Specifies the parameters for the command code Parameters depend on the command being executed for details refer to the following pages 191 Socket Applications Section 11 2 11 2 2 PC Memory Areas Bit Areas Current value of word The memory areas of the PC that can be specified for results storage when executing commands from the PC are listed in the table below The Variable type is set in the first byte of the results storage area The remaining three bytes con tain the address for communications Addresses in the Addresses for communications column are not the same as the actual m
12. CPU Unit error send failed Destination address not in routing tables send failed No routing table entry send failed Routing table error send failed Too many relay points send failed Command too long send failed Header error send failed Internal buffers full packet discarded Illegal packet discarded Local node busy send failed Unexpected routing error No setting in IP address table packet discarded Service not supported in current mode packet discarded Internal send buffer full packet discarded Maximum frame size exceeded routing failed 1st byte Commands Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 Responses Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 2nd byte Section 10 4 Correction Check transceiver at remote node Set the IP address correctly Check the connection to the remote node Check the unit address at the remote node Troubleshoot the error in the CPU Unit using the PC operation manual Set the destination address in the routing tables Set the local node remote node and relay nodes in the routing tables Create the routing tables correctly Reconstruct the network or correct the routing tables so that commands are sent to within a 3 level network range Check the command format and set the correct command data Check the command format and set the correc
13. CX Programmer Ethernet 10 Mbps 500 m segment max 10BASE5 coaxial cable or 10BASE T twisted pair cable Terminator Between nodes Integral multiples of 2 5 m 4 Terminator y Ground Transceiver 50 m max CVM1 CV series PC Transceiver cable E CS1 Ethernet Unit C200HX HG HE PC FA computer Note 1 Transmission distance from Terminator to Terminator 500 meters segment max 2 When segments are indirectly connected by a repeater 2 5 km network 3 Node interval from transceiver to transceiver Integral multiples of 2 5 m 4 Transceiver cable length 50 m max 1 2 2 Node Connections Minimal Configuration 1 Segment Configuration With Use repeaters to extend the distance between nodes or to increase the number Segment Extension of connected nodes Repeater Devices Required in a Network Section 1 3 1 3 Devices Required in a Network The basic configuration of an Ethernet System consists of a single coaxial cable together with the transceivers transceiver cables nodes and so on that are connected to it In an Ethernet System this basic configuration is called a seg ment CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit 24 VDC power supply 50 m max Transceiver cable AUI cable Terminator terminating resistance Coaxial cable 10BASES5 outer diameter approx 10 mm Terminator terminating resistance 2 5
14. 0 1 2 3 4 5 D01010 TCP 2710H PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST response Re Sponse code Stores the response after command execution 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 D01020 Sponse code Ier PASSIVE OPEN e Remote IP address REQUEST resu Remote TCP port No Its storage area 1 2 3 4 D1030 2714H 0001H 8204H 1A00H TCP CLOSE REQUEST command data Command Ld code Results storage area set to D01050 041 Abe TCP socket number to close set to 1 0001 hex Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01040 TCP CLOSE REQUEST response e 2714H Sponse code D01050 TOP CLOSE REQUEST results storage area sponse code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D02000 TCP SEND REQUEST command data 2713H 0001H 820BH C200H 0064H Send data 100 bytes 006thex je No of send bytes 100 bytes 0064nex Results storage area set to D03010 0BC2hex TCP socket number Command code g 1 ae Sam BP SS lice 8 D03000 TCP pies REQUEST response sponse 2713H code D03010 TOR SEND REQUEST results storage area e No of Sponse bytes code sent 3 4 5 6
15. 0 0 0 eee ee 9 2 1 9 2 2 9 3 1 9 3 2 Running the Test Checking Results 164 164 164 164 165 165 167 163 PING Command Section 9 2 9 1 Communications Testing Functions PING Command Internode Testing The Ethernet Unit provides two functions that allow communications with other node to be tested The PING command is a common way to perform echoback tests on Ethernet networks The PING command can be executed to see if nodes are physically connected properly and to be sure that IP address are set for the correct Ether net nodes Echoback tests with specific nodes can also be performed by setting parameters in the DM Area and then manipulating specific bits in memory This type of inter node test can be performed only for remote nodes that support the FINS inter node testing function Internode testing can be used to make sure settings for FINS communications services are correct 9 2 PING Command 9 2 1 Ethernet Unit The PING command sends an echo request packet to a remote node and re ceives an echo response packet to confirm that the remote node is communicat ing correctly The PING command uses the ICMP echo request and responses The echo response packet is automatically returned by the ICMP The PING command is normally used to check the connections of remote nodes when configuring a network The Ethernet Unit supports both the ICMP echo re quest and reply functions If the remote node
16. 3 8 2 Connecting and Using a Peripheral Device for the PC Routing tables must be created by a CX Programmer connected to the PC They cannot be created using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual Note 1 To transfer routing tables for multiple nodes to a PC in one batch connect the CX Programmer to a PC with only one Communications Unit mounted Routing tables cannot be transferred to other nodes from a PC with multiple Communications Units mounted 2 Routing tables can only be transferred as a batch to multiple nodes within the same network as the PC to which the CX Programmer is connected Routing Table Setting Examples Example 1 Local Network Table for a PC With Multiple Units Mounted This example shows the local network table settings for a PC to which multiple CPU Bus Units are mounted Ethernet network Controller Link network Network A Network 2B Elclclp PS Power Supply Unit TIL PIS CPU CPU Unit Njkju ETN Ethernet Unit MU ieee CLK Controller Link Unit Local Network Table led M network ni 1 2 35 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Example 2 Three Interconnected Networks This example shows the relay network table settings for three different intercon nected networks Relay Network Table End Relay network ii Network A Network 4B Network C In the table for PC 3
17. Area Configuration Offset Bit 15 8 7 0 Data direction Related communications services n Unit Control Switch CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services n 1 UDP Socket No 1 Status Refer to Section 6 Eccli ee ee tr te eee ee 4 Socket Services n 2 UDP Socket No 2 Status n 3 UDP Socket No 3 Status Mail Function A SPS ast lcs ses coe ips ek Se sert d Refer to Section 8 Mail n 4 UDP Socket No 4 Status m5 _____ UDP Socket No 5 Status ______ m6 UDPSocketNo 6 Status m7 UDPSocetNo7Sttus n8 _ UDP Socket No 8 Status n9 1 0 T CP Socket No 1 Status mE Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Socket Services n 10 TCP Socket No 2 Status Refer to Section 6 t ote eer LLL Socket Services 1 M NUR TCP Socket No 3 Status OP TCP Socket No 4 Status n 13 TCP Socket No 5 Status de ERAS TCP Socket No 6 Status DOE c TCP Socket No 7 Status n 16 TCP Socket No 8 Status n 17 Service Status FTP Service etc n 18 Error Status All error conditions n 19 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services quest Switches 2 quest Switches 1 Refer to Section 6 p mc pec e mam m mem Qe eve SEES ee Socket Services n 20 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 4 quest Switches 3 n 21 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 6 quest Switches 5 n 22 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 8 __ quest Switches 7 n
18. END 001 138 UDP Send When the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP SEND REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D02000 First command word D03000 First response word D00020 First control data word The UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Sending Flag CIO 150102 turns OFF while the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D03010 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF UDP Receive When the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP RECEIVE REQUEST command is sen
19. Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small TCP socket number is out of range Local TCP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket connection is already open or is currently being opened High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high reception load ENOBUFS 0042 see note An error occurred EMSGSIZE 0045 A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNABORTED 0049 Duplicated port numbers EADDRINUSE 004A see note An error occurred ECONNREFUSED 004B see note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004E see note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address ENETUNREACH 0051 see note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EHOSTUNREACH 0053 A communication error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT No remote exists 0066 Internal memory cannot be allocated cannot execute service 0080 An open request timeout error occurred 0081 Socket was closed during opening procedure 0082 Connection could not be established with the specified remote Note These errors occur only
20. Receive Request Switch Close Request Switch 241 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit DM Area Allocations Each Unit is allocated 100 words in the DM Area as shown in the following table Unit No decimal Allocated words D30000 to D30099 Unit No decimal Appendix F Allocated words D30800 to D30899 D30100 to D30199 D30900 to D30999 D30200 to D30299 D31000 to D31099 D30300 to D30399 D31100 to D31199 D30400 to D30499 D31200 to D31299 D30500 to D30599 D31300 to D31399 D30600 to D30699 D31400 to D31499 D30700 to D30799 D31500 to D31599 Area Configuration Offset Bit 15 8 7 0 m Internode test remote network address and node number m 1 Internode test number of send bytes m 2 Internode test response monitoring time m 3 Internode test status m 4 Number of internode test runs m 5 Number of internode test timeout errors m 6 Number of internode test response errors m 7 Number of internode test send errors m 8 Number of times internode test data did not match m 9 TCP socket No 1 connection status m 16 TCP socket No 8 connection status m 17 Mail status m 18 Socket Services Parameter Area 1 m 28 Socket Services Parameter Area 2 m 88 SocketServicesParameterAreaS Nee IP Add Display A mu99 ress Display Area Internode Test Remote Network Address and Node Number CPU Unit to
21. 6 1 8 Maximum Transmission Delays Note Note 6 1 9 Precautions in UDP and TCP Socket Services 92 The transmission delays for socket service is calculated as the sum of the com munications processing times for both nodes Transmission delay Remote node send processing time Local node re ceive processing time Local node send processing time Remote node receive processing time Calculate the maximum Ethernet Unit transmission delays for sending and re ceiving using the following formulas These times are the same for both UDP and TCP The delay times calculated here ignore delays that can occur on the Ethernet network Actual delays can be much longer depending on actual conditions on the network Delay Time for Socket Service using Socket Service Request Switches Send processing time receive processing time PC cycle time x 14 A ms Delay Time for Socket Service using CMND 490 Send processing time re ceive processing time PC cycle time x 5 Ax 2 B ms A is the lowest multiple of the PC cycle time that is greater than 20 ms B is the lowest multiple of the PC cycle time that is greater then 20 ms 0 01 x number of send receive bytes 1 The formulas above calculate guideline figures for the transfer delays when the Ethernet Unit uses a single socket only The user program execution time is not included in these calculations 2 The communications time for the remote node varies according to the
22. OFF when the transceiver is normal Internode Test Flag ON during internode testing OFF while internode testing is stopped Not used Address disagreement ON if the remote IP address is set to automatic generation but the local IP address host number and FINS node number do not agree OFF under all other circumstances 54 EEPROM error ON if an error has occurred in the EEPROM memory OFF when the EEPROM memory is normal CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Socket Service Request When a socket service request is executed by control switch manipulation it is Switches 1 to 8 CPU Unit a d to Ethernet Unit the following bits that are manipulated For details refer to 6 2 Using Socket Ser vices with Socket Service Request Switches 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 n 19 to n 22 pep E L UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch Send Request Switch Receive Request Switch Close Request Switch Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation UDP Open UDP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made TCP Passive Open Passive TCP socket opened when switch is turned Request Switch ON Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made
23. Remote UDP TCP port No 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 Number of bytes to send receive 0000 to 07C0 Hex 0 to 1 984 bytes Send Receive data address Memory area address Time out time 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 0 No limit 0 1 to 6 553 5 s Response code TCP Socket Services Parameter UDP TCP socket No Written by user Not used Range decimal values in parentheses 0001 to 0008 Hex 1 to 8 Written by user at execution and then read for results at completion Read by user for results at completion Socket service TCP passive open TCP active open TCP receive TCP send Local UDP TCP port No 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Remote UDP TCP port No 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 Number of bytes to send receive 0000 to 07C0 Hex 0 to 1 984 bytes Send Receive data address Memory area address Time out time 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 0 No limit 0 1 to 6 553 5 s Response code UDP TCP Socket No 96 Written by user Not used Specify the number of the UDP or TCP socket to open Written by user at execution and then read for results at completion Read by user for results at completion Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Local UDP TC
24. TCP Active Open Active TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made Send Request Send processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when send processing has been completed Receive Request Receive processing executed when switch is turned Switch ON The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when receive processing has been completed Close Request Close processing executed when switch is turned Switch ON The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when close processing has been completed Not used Not used 55 DM Area Allocations Section 4 4 4 4 DM Area Allocations The various kinds of data are stored in the offset positions shown in the following diagram from the beginning word in the area for each Unit Offset m 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 16 m 17 m 18 m 28 m 88 m 98 m 99 The beginning word m is calculated by the following equation Beginning word m D30000 100 x unit number Bit 15 8 7 O Data direction Related communications services Internode test remote network addres
25. Y C Connection established I IL M E Connection established D Y Data send request D Send data Y gt C Data receive request ACK acknowledge a Send aed data ie ts Y C Data send request 1 Send data Y Data receive request gt ACK acknowledge Next data receive request 89 Overview Section 6 1 6 1 7 Fragmentation of Send Data Cautions when Using TCP 1 2 3 Sending User Program E 1 Send request 1 984 bytes The Ethernet Unit fragments data for TCP transmission into units of 1 024 bytes and data for UDP transmission into units of 1 472 bytes TCP requires one reception request to receive each unit of data UDP however restores the origi nal data before passing it to the user process allowing all the data in a single transmission to be received with one reception request An example of the fragmentation and transmission of data using the TCP is shown in the following illustration 1 2 The sending user program sends a request to send 1 984 bytes of data The Ethernet Unit fragments the send data into Data A with 1 024 bytes and Data B with 960 bytes Data A and Data B are sent consecutively The receiving user program sends a request to receive 1 984 bytes of data However only data A is sent in the first packet and data B is not received Another receive request to
26. 48 bytes Add 00 Hex if necessary to make an even number of bytes Data Read from File Word Contents Note 1 FREAD 700 will not be able to read the last byte in a file if the files contains an odd number of bytes Add 00 Hex to the end of the file if necessary to make an even number of bytes 2 The UM and DM Areas contain binary data Set the data type to binary using the t ype command see page 148 before reading or writing files using FTP 3 Refer to the CS1 series CS1G H CP E Programmable Controllers Programming Manual W340 for information on the File Memory Instruc tions 144 FTP Server Application Example Section 7 4 7 4 FTP Server Application Example The following procedure shows how to use the FTP server by connection with the default login name CONFIDENTIAL No password is required Note The login name and a password must be set in the CPU Bus Setup for the Ether net Unit in the CPU Unit to use any login name other than CONFIDENTIAL 1 2 3 1 Make sure that a Memory Card is inserted in the CPU Unit and turn ON the power supply to the PC 2 If EM File Memory is to be used create the EM File Memory 3 Connect to the FTP server from a computer on the Ethernet by entering the text that is underlined in the following diagram IP address of the Ethernet Unit ftp 150 31 2 83 connected to 150 31 2 83 Results 220 iPaddress CSIN ETNO
27. IP Address IP address used by TCP IP protocol The new I O address table records will not be effective until the PC is restarted or the Ethernet Unit is reset An error response will be returned if the IP address conversion method in the system mode settings is set for automatic generation Normal echo reply received from the remote node Command too large Command too small The number of records specified does not match the sent data length The number of records is not between 0 and 32 The FINS node number is not between 1 and 126 The IP address is O IP address conversion method is set for automatic generation Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 20 IP ADDRESS TABLE READ Command Block Response Block Parameters Number of Records Command Response Maximum Number of Stored Records Response Number of Stored Records Response IP Address Table Records Response Precautions Response Codes Reads the IP address table 27 60 Command Number of code records 27 60 6 bytes 6 bytes Command Response Maximum Number Number IP address table records code code number of of of stored stored records records records The number of records to read is specified between 0000 and 0020 0 to 32 deci mal in the command If this value is set to 0 the number of stored records is returned but the IP add
28. Socket canceled The socket was canceled Socket error NN A socket bind error occurred The error code will be given at NN Socket receive error NN A data reception error occurred The error code will be given at NN Socket send error NN A data send error occurred The error code will be given at NN Timeout 900 seconds closing control connection The connection was closed because the client did not respond for 15 minutes Too many open files Too many sockets have been created Write access denied Write access denied FINS error 0 x 2101 150 Writing is not possible Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 PPP Path name XXX IP address YY Port number MM FINS error code NN Socket error code Checking FTP Status Note 1 File operations for files on the Memory Card are performed during FTP com munications Do not remove the Memory Card or turn OFF power to the PC while FTP is being used 2 When using File Memory Instruction from the program in the CPU Unit pro gram exclusive control using the FTP Status Flag so that the same data is not manipulated simultaneously by more than one instruction FTP Status Flag The current status of the FTP server can be obtained from the service status in the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area The word containing the FTP Status Flag can be computed as follows 1500 25 x unit num
29. Concepts Note e EMC Directives Low Voltage Directive EMC Directives OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine The actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC standards see the following note Whether the products conform to the stan dards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Direc tives will vary depending on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The cus tomer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards Applicable EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standards are as follows EMS Electromagnetic Susceptibility EN61131 2 EMI Electromagnetic Interference EN50081 2 Radiated emission 10 m regulations Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 VAC and 75 to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards for the PC EN61131 2 xvii SECTION 1 Features and System Configuration This section introduces the overall structure of an Ethernet network outlines the features of the Ethernet Unit describes the communications protocols used by an Ethernet network and provides basic pre
30. FINS node IP address table number If found in IP address table 18 1593 214 062 q 20 153 214 0 129 IP address 23 153 218 51 8 If not found in IP address table Host number XX XX 00 00 J IP address FINS node number XX 3 2 Overview of Startup Procedure 22 1 2 3 1 Determine the local IP address and the address conversion method Refer to 3 1 Before Operation Set the unit number of the Ethernet Unit as a CPU Bus Unit Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings Set the node address Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings Set the local IP address Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings Mount the Unit to the Backplane Refer to 3 5 Mounting to a Backplane Connect to the network Connect the transceiver cable and external 24 VDC power supply Refer to 3 6 Connecting to the Network Turn ON the external 24 VDC power supply and turn ON power to the CPU Unit When turning ON the power supply either first turn ON the external power supply i e the power to the transceiver and then turn ON the power to the CPU Unit afterwards or else turn them both ON at the same time If the power is turned ON first to the CPU Unit a communications error will be generated Create the I O tables using a Programming Device such as a CX Program mer or Programming Console This step can be omitted if the I O table has already been created Refer to 3 7 Creating an I O Table Create the routing tables using the
31. IP address setting error IP address table error IP router table error Routing table error Transceiver error Address disagreement EEPROM error The corresponding bit will turn ON when an error occurs Correction Transceiver echo test error Check the transceiver or transceiver cable IP address setting error Set the correct IP address on the rotary switches on the back of the Unit Do not set any of the following IP addresses e Host IDs that are all 0 or all 1 e Network IDs that are all 0 or all 1 e Subnetwork IDs that are all 1 e Addresses beginning with 127 7F Hex IP address table error Correct the IP address table If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit IP router table error Correct the IP router table If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Routing table error Correct the routing tables If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Transceiver error Check the transceiver or transceiver cable Address disagreement Make sure that the node number and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 Change the address conversion method EEPROM error Restart the PC If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit 10 3 Error Log The Ethernet Unit provides an error log that records errors that have occurred during Ethernet Unit operation The contents of the error log can be read or cleared fro
32. CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit Operation Manual Produced February 1999 gt Router E T PC Host computer N T PC N Notice OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or dam age to property NDANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury N WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense The abbreviation PC means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for any thing else Visua
33. Overview Section 6 1 Some port numbers over 1024 may be reserved on some workstations for ex ample the X window server is port 6000 Do not use port numbers that are already reserved for other processes The setting status of the UNIX workstation port numbers can be checked in etc services 6 1 5 Differences between TCP and UDP TCP Communications There are differences in the socket services between TCP and UDP The following procedure is followed each time data is transmitted to ensure that the data arrives normally at the remote node T 2 3 1 The remote node returns ACK when data is received normally 2 The local node sends the next data after it receives ACK or it resends the same data if ACK is not returned within the specified time Transmitted data Send Receive request pe request aa ACK acknowledge ade Resent data Local node Remote node UDP Communications With the TCP protocol the remote IP address and remote TCP port number are specified when an open request is made for a socket When a send request is made the number of bytes to send and the send data are specified When a re ceive request is made the number of bytes to receive is specified With the TCP protocol communications with another remote device are not pos sible until the socket that was opened has been closed Data is simply sent to the remote Unlike TCP the recept
34. Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000001 000201 151905 000101 RSET 000001 000102 000202 D30018 D30023 0000 D30025 151903 RSET 000202 000102 RSET 000002 000103 000203 D30027 0000 000001 000201 151905 000002 000002 000202 I 3 000002 000202 HA 000002 000202 151903 030027 0000 000002 000202 151903 000003 Continued on next page TCP Send When the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8200 0000 Hex Send receive data address D00000 After the parameters have been set the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 is turned ON and the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned OFF If the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 turns OFF while the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Pa rameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON After the executi
35. Switching power supply Power AC input supply DC output circuit AC power supply Case Standard Switching Power Supply Circuit Communications Power Supply Isolation Method S8J2 Power Supply 82Y CILIN Mounting Stand p Insulating material bakeboard acrylic board etc 1 When S82J is used 2 When another power supply is used 17 If communications are adversely affected by noise from the Unit s power supply terminals the problem may be solved by implementing the mea sures shown below a Add to the communications retry processing at the application In partic ular noise resistance capacity can be improved by increasing the num ber of retries for applications using UDP b Insert a noise filter right next to the Unit s power supply terminals 24 VDC power supply Noise filter As close as possible Recommended filter MAS 1206 33 by Nemic Rambda K K Specifications Rated voltage 250 V AC DC Rated current 6 A Dimensions 105 5 x 52 5 x 40 mm W x H x D Not including connector Power Supply The following table shows the power supply specifications Make sure that these Specifications specifications are met Specifications Power supply voltage 24 VDC Allowable power supply voltage 20 4 VDC to 26 4 VDC 24 VDC 15 10 96 fluctuation Current consumption 300 mA max at 24 VDC per node Inrush current 2 5 A max 24 VDC when rise time is 5 ms
36. True Step 10 Is the IP address of the remote node missing from the IP address table True Set the IP address of the remote node in the local IP address table Note Use of the IP address table must be set in the mode settings for the IP address table to be effective Is the IP address of the remote node missing from the IP router table True Set the network number of the remote node in the IP router table Are the FINS network addresses of the local and remote nodes different True Set both nodes to the same FINS network address Are you attempting a broadcast transmission True Do not attempt to broadcast to a node with a different network num ber You can broadcast only to nodes on the same IP network Set the IP address of the remote node in the IP address table or use auto matic address conversion Are you attempting to communicate with a PC on another network True Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 Are the routing tables set improperly True Set routing tables at the local node target node and any relay nodes 10 5 3 UDP Socket Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and
37. bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Sending Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation Closing Flag Bit 3 Turns ON when a close request is received either by control switch manipulation or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the close processing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Error Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Closing Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation Results Storage Error Flag Bit 14 Turns ON if there is an error in the Results Storage Area for a socket service re quest open receive send close made using CMND 490 This flag turns ON at the same time as the services request processing flags bits O to 3 turn OFF It remains ON until the next services request is received and then it turns OFF again When this flag turns ON check the set values in the Results Storage Area The Results Storage Error Flag does not operate when socket services are re quested by control switch manipulation TCP UDP Open Flag Bit 15 Remains ON while a socket is open by by means of control switch manipulation or the CMND 490 instruction In the case of TCP it indicates a connection When the socket is closed this flag turns OFF again If the socket did not close properly the flag remains ON Check to be sure that this flag is ON before executing a send or receive request Service Status
38. grammer connected to the PC The settings cannot be made using a Program ming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 3 9 3 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Defaults The following table shows the items in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup and their default settings Item Default Broadcast settings All 1 4 3BSD specifications Address conversion method Automatic address generation UDP port number for FINS 9600 Subnet mask 0 0 0 0 A value corresponding to the IP address is used FTP login name CONFIDENTIAL FTP password Not set IP address table Not set IP router table Not set Mail settings None set User created mail data address Not set Local mail address Not set Destination mail address Not set SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Not set For information on IP address table settings refer to 3 10 Creating an IP Ad dress Table For information on IP router table settings refer to 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table For information on IP mail transmission settings refer to Sec tion 8 Mail 38 Checking Communications Section 3 12 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table Connecting and Using a Programming Device for the PC An IP address table is a table of correspondences between node numbers and IP addresses and it is used for finding IP addresses from FINS node numbers It is necessary to register an IP
39. 100 x unit number CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area 15 m 18 Socket Service Parameter Area 1 m 28 Socket Service Parameter Area 2 m 88 Socket Service Parameter Area 8 Number of bytes to send receive Parameters AT UDP TCP socket No Local UDP TCP port No Remote IP address Remote UDP TCP port No Send Receive data address Time out time Response code 2 Turn ON the Socket Service Request Bits in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 2 Request Switches 1 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 8 Request Switches 7 Send Request Switch 7 6 5 4 3 2 E e Request Switch Receive Request Switch 10 UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch 3 When a send or receive request is made the data will be automatically sent or received according to the send receive data address in the Socket Ser vice Parameter Area When processing has been completed a response code will be automatically stored in the Socket Service Parameters Number of bytes to send receive Precautions Send receive data address 1 0 memory gt Send or lt Receive Response code Stored 3 A Socket Service Parameter Area cannot be used for other sockets once op
40. 159 Mail Example Section 8 3 8 2 Sending Mail The procedure for sending mail is as follows 1 2 3 1 Make the following settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup Mail send information e Mail timing e User created mail data address SMTP server address Local mail address Destination mail address 2 Turn ON the Mail Send Switch word n bit 3 in the allocated CIO Area words 8 3 Mail Example This section shows how to use the mail function taking as an example the set tings and operations involved in sending user mail Only the settings are covered here For details on CX Programmer operations refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 1 2 3 1 Use the CX Programmer a Programming Device for the PC to make the initial mail settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup in the CPU Unit For the purposes of this example make the settings shown below For details regarding the CPU Bus Unit System Setup refer to 4 2 2 Mail Settings User mail Send user created information and status information e Error mail Not used e Periodic mail Not used Settings User mail Enabled selected User mail status information transmission Enabled selected Leave all other checkboxes for mail settings not selected User created mail data address DM00200 See below e Ethernet Unit mail address Destination mail address SMTP server address mail server IP address From DM00200 onwards store data to be se
41. 168 SECTION 10 Troubleshooting This section describes information and procedures that can be used to troubleshoot problems that sometimes occur with Ethernet Unit and Ethernet communications The Ethernet Unit makes up part of a network Repair a defective Ethernet Unit as soon as possible as it can have a negative effect on the entire network We recommend that customers keep one or more spare Ethernet Units to allow immediate recov ery of the network 10 1 Troubleshooting with Indicators lesleleeeee IIR 170 10 2 4 BFTOE S tats oret Tee o EE re ie eed 171 10 3 Error LOS s ao Ce Eon c pb Rd acte ren La sa ae cr ER ACE CS hae Boek Riess 171 10 4 Error Log Error Codes e terr prian pea pu ep ea p PERI Ee dope 172 10 5 Troubleshooting Procedures 0 0 0 eee eens 174 10 5 1 Start p Probl ms 2 i veste ais Ph hele ERR PERIERE PERS 174 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 175 10 5 3 UDP Socket Problems lsseeleeeeee III 176 10 5 4 TCP Socket Problems seeeeeeeee III 178 10 5 5 FTP Service Problems lsseeleeeeeeee Ie 179 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems seseeeee ee 180 10 5 7 Mail Problems coron ti RESP E RIPE IHE 181 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes seeleseeee eee 184 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes 0 eee ee eens 186 169 Troubleshooting with Indicators Section 10 1
42. CMND 490 response code Error response code A Normal response code Open Flag 1 l i 0 Opening Flag i odi Results storage area i i Store normal response code OPEN REQUEST Error OPEN REQUEST Normal Open complete command received end command received end normal end CLOSE REQUEST Port Enabled Flag i l l 0 Running Running CMND 490 response code Error response code Normal response code 1 Close Flag Pi 0 r T i AS 1 Closing Flag 0 i i i P Results storage area Store normal response code CLOSE REQUEST Error CLOSE REQUEST Normal Close complete command received end command received end normal end 124 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 SEND REQUEST Port Enabled Flag CMND 490 response code Send Flag Opening Flag Results storage area RECEIVE REQUEST Port Enabled Flag CMND 490 response code Receive Flag Opening Flag Results storage area 0 Running Running Error response code a Normal response code i i i 1 1 1 1 aa 0 1 0 Store normal response code SEND REQUEST Error SEND REQUEST Send complete command received end command received normal end o Running Running Error response code f Normal response code l p 1 0 Store normal response code RECEIVE REQUEST command rece
43. Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and start over General Problems 1 23 1 Go through the procedure in 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 REC V 098 CMND 490 before starting this procedure 2 Is the response code a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes on page 184 3 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes on page 186 There will be no response code in the results storage area if Socket Service Request Switches are being used 4 Read controller status using the FINS command READ CONTROLLER STATUS 5 Have any send collisions occurred True There may be too much traffic going on the network Reduce net work traffic 6 Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 Opening Problems 1 2 3 1 Are you attempting an active open True Step 3 2 Is the passive open not finishing True Use an active open at the remote node 3 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0049 True Step 6 4 Read socket status using the FINS command READ SOCKET STATUS 5 Does the port number being used exist at the local node True M
44. Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n 17 A Eee Power status FTP status Status Manipulated Unit operation Reference by FTP Status Flag FTP server operating FTP client Page 151 connected FTP server on standby FTP client not connect Not used Power status Power is being supplied to transceiver Power is not being supplied to transceiver FTP Status Bit 0 Turns ON while connected to an FTP client and OFF while not connected With the FTP server function only one FTP client can be connected at a time so while this bit is ON no other clients can connect to the server The FTP status is also shown by the Ethernet Unit s FTP indicator as follows Not lit FTP server on standby FTP status OFF Lit FTP server operating FTP status ON Power Status Bit 15 Turns ON while power is being supplied from the Ethernet Unit to the transceiver and OFF when power is not being supplied Check to be sure that this bit is ON before beginning communications 53 CIO Area Allocations Error Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 138 12 11 10 9 Section 4 3 The status of errors that occur at the Ethernet Unit is reflected as shown in the following diagram n 18 2 1 0 ERMEE ry ry l Bit 01 Transceiver echo test error Bit 02 IP address error Bit 03 IP ad
45. FTP server FTP version ready Name CONFIDENTIAL Login name 230 Guest logged in 4 Enter FTP commands underlined in the following diagram to read and write files The following directory tree is used in this example Li root me MEMCARD ABC subdirectory DEF IOM file ftp gt Is File names read 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for Is IPaddress por t Obytes MENCARD a Results 226 Transfer complete bytes received in 0 seconds bytes s ftp cd MEMCARD Change to MEMCARD directory 250 CWD comand successful i Results ftp get ABC DEF 10M Transfer DEF IOM from ABC 200 PORT command successful directory 150 opening data connection for abc def iom IPaddress porti bytes Assi esults 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s 145 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 Note 1 The current status of the FTP server can be obtained from the service status in the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area The first word allocated to the Ethernet Unit is n and is computed as follows n 1500 25 x unit number ds 15 14 ac 1 0 FTP Status Flag 0 FTP Server free 1 FTP Server busy 2 The FTP server can handle only one command at a time 3 Do not simultaneously write a file with the same name to the same file device in a CPU Unit from more than one Ethernet Unit or ladder diagram program Exclusi
46. HH 150900 150914 D01020 0000 000000 000200 A20200 150900 000000 000001 000101 000201 000001 000201 A20200 _ CMND 490 D01030 D01040 D00010 RSET 000201 000001 000201 A20200 150903 150914 EH 000101 D01050 0000 000001 000201 A20200 150903 000000 Continued on next page TCP Passive Open When the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST com mand is sent using CMND 490 D01000 First command word D01010 First response word D00000 First control data word The TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Open ing Flag CIO 150900 turns OFF while the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF TCP Clo
47. ID Transceiver cable Optical transceiver Qo A Repeater Network Installation Appendix A Outdoor Installations The following example shows how optical fiber cable can be used to connect a network between two buildings eliminating possible adverse affects of lightning Segment 1 Segment 2 Coaxial cable Coaxial cable AAA Transceiver Transceiver Transceiver cable A p Transceiver cable Optical Optical A transceiver Optical fiber cable transceiver Repeater Repeater Note Consult with the manufacturer for details on optical Ethernet devices Using Contact Outputs Communications errors can occur when Contact Output Units are mounted to the same Rack as an Ethernet Unit due to noise generated by the contact outputs Use one or more of the following measures when installing Contact Output Units and Ethernet Units on the same Rack Mounting Location Mount any Contact Output Units as far away from the Ethernet Unit as possible Contact Output Unit Ethernet Unit N nn fg Transceiver Contact outputs gem 229 Network Installation Appendix A Cable Location Separate the transceiver cable connecting the Ethernet Unit as far from the wiring to the Contact Output Units as possible The coaxial cable must also be placed as far away from the Contact Output Units and their wiring a
48. OMRON s S82J Series is recommended for the power supply 31 Creating an I O Table Section 3 7 Note 1 Use a power supply that meets these specifications 2 If the power supply is separate from a node make sure that these specifica tions are met at the node s terminal block 3 Turn ON the Unit s power supply either before or at the same time as the CPU Unit s power supply If the CPU s power is turned ON first a commu nications error may be generated 4 Use a power supply with double or reinforced insulation 5 Confirm that the Power Status Bit is ON before starting communications Refer to Power Status Bit 15 in 4 8 CIO Area Allocations 6 In the IEEE802 3 standards the transceiver power supply specifications re quire a voltage of 11 28 V 12 V 6 to 15 75 V 15 V 5 at the transceiv er inputs The voltage output by the Ethernet Unit takes into account a volt age drop at the transceiver cable 3 7 Creating an I O Table After the hardware settings and connections have been completed turn ON the power supply to the PC and create an I O table 3 7 1 l O Table Overview An I O table is used to identify Units connected to the PC and to allocate I O to them If any change is made to the Unit configuration of a CS1 series PC an I O table must be created to register the Units to the CPU Unit 3 7 2 Connecting Programming Devices to the PC To create the I O table connect a Programming Device such as a P
49. but in a parameter area The Setup cannot be written using instructions or edited as l O memory Settings can be made only with the CX Programmer Refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual for actual setting methods 7 3 Using File Memory There are two media that can be used to store files in memory for CS1 series PCs e Memory Cards e EM File Memory CPU Unit Memory Card EM File Memory File File File Memory Memory type Capacity File data recognized by CPU Unit CS1 series 8 MB HMC EF861 e Complete user program Memory 15 MB HMC EF171 e Specified portions of I O Memory 30 MB HMC EF371 e Parameter area data e g PC Setup Cards EM File Max capacity of EM All EM Area banks Memory Area in CPU Unit from specified bank in Largest EM Area I O Memory specified 832 KB in CS1H CPU67 in PC Setup 141 Using File Memory Section 7 3 Note The HMC AP001 PC Card Adapter can be used to mount a Memory Card in a PC card slot on a computer File Types The MS DOS file format is used allowing the files to be handled as normal files on a Windows based computer File Names Files are distinguished by assigning file names and extensions The following characters can be used in file names and extensions Alphanumeric characters A to Z and 0 to 9 Names converted to all caps 1 amp _ The following characters cannot be used in files names and extensions 135 lt gt 4 spac
50. equipment used If the remote node is not an Ethernet Unit refer to the doc umentation for the actual equipment to calculate the communications time 3 The delay times may exceed the calculated values due to the operating environment Factors affecting the delay times are the network load ratio amount of network traffic the window size of each node the load on the Ethernet Unit including operating multiple socket services FTP server etc and the system configuration 4 The values for A and B given above are guideline values for when the pe ripheral service time in the PC Setup in the CPU Unit is set to the default value of 496 If the peripheral service time setting is increased the values of A and B will decrease Example The following table shows calculation of the approximate maximum transfer delay for sending 512 bytes of data between two PCs using CMND 490 for a TCP socket Local PC cycle time 5 ms Remote PC cycle time 10 ms Item Formula Local receive processing time 5x5 20x2 30 95ms Local send processing time 5x5 20x2 30 95ms Remote send processing time 10 x 5 20 x 2 30 95 ms Remote receive processing time 10 x 5 20 x 2 30 95 ms Maximum transmission delay 95 95 95 95 380 ms Using Socket Services e f a short response monitor time is specified in CMND 490 control data and the Ethernet Unit is operating under a high load a result may be stored even if the response code
51. gives the bit number between 00 and 15 The word address combined with the bit number expresses the bit address The bit number is always 00 because Ethernet Units can handle only word data i e individual bits cannot be ad dressed 00 Word Bit Word addresses for specific memory area words can be calculated by convert ing the normal decimal word address to hexadecimal and adding it to the first word in the Addresses for communications column in the above table For exam ple the address for communications for D00200 would be 0000 from above table plus C8 decimal 200 converted to hexadecimal or 00C8 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 Command Response Reference 11 3 1 RESET Command Block Response Block Precautions Response Codes This section describes the FINS commands that can be sent to Ethernet Units and the responses to each command The command response and where applicable the results storage blocks are given with the commands in graphic form as shown in the following diagram If the data is fixed it is included in the blocks If the data is variable it is described following the blocks Each box represents 1 byte ever two boxes 1 word The following diagram shows 2 bytes or 1 word Two bytes The results storage format is the format used to store transfer results and data for socket services requested with command codes 2701 to 2714 Respons
52. reading CPU UNIT DATA READ Reads CPU Unit data CONNECTION DATA READ Reads the model numbers of the device corresponding to addresses Status reading CPU UNIT STATUS READ Reads the status of the CPU Unit CYCLE TIME READ Reads the maximum minimum and average cycle time Time data access CLOCK READ Reads the present year month date minute second and day of the week CLOCK WRITE Changes the present year month date minute second or day of the week Message display MESSAGE READ CLEAR Reads and clears messages and reads FAL FALS messages Access rights ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE Acquires the access right as long as no other device holds it ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE Acquires the access right even if another device already holds it ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE Releases the access right that has been acquired Error log ERROR CLEAR Clears errors or error messages ERROR LOG READ Reads the error log ERROR LOG POINTER CLEAR Clears the error log pointer 69 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Usage Command Name Functlon code MR SR File memory 22 01 FILE NAME READ Reads file memory data 22 02 SINGLE FILE READ Reads a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file 22 03 SINGLE FILE WRITE Writes a specified length of file
53. start over General Problems 1 2 3 1 176 Go through the procedure in 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 REC V 098 CMND 490 before starting this procedure Is the response code a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes on page 184 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes on page 186 There will be no response code in the results storage area if Socket Service Request Switches are being used Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 Opening and Closing Refer to General Problems on page 176 Problems Reception Problems 1 2 3 1 Is reception processing finishing True Step 10 2 Is the remote node not processing to send data True Adjust the remote node to process send data 3 Read controller status using the FINS command READ CONTROLLER STATUS 4 Have any reception errors occurred True There may be noise affecting the network Increase the number of retries or take measures against noise as described in Appendix A Network Installation or 3 6 4 Connecting the Power Supply 5 Read memory status using the FINS command READ MEMORY STATUS 6 Is the network memory being used more than 8096 True There may be too much load on the Ethernet Unit If the memory ex haustion records show counts
54. the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Service request commands can be sent to the Ethernet Unit by executing the CMND 490 instruction in the ladder diagram The CS1 Ethernet Unit supports the same functionality as the CV series Ethernet Unit so heritage programs can be easily corrected and reused Up to 16 sockets can be connected using CMND 490 8 UDP sockets and 8 TCP sockets The socket service request commands that can be used are listed in the follow ing table Refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Adaressed to Ethernet Units for details on these commands Command code UDP OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST TCP ACTIVE OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST Requests sent to the Ethernet Unit by sending commands through execution of CMND 40 and when the Unit receives a command it will return a response The response does not however indicate that processing has been completed and the status of the flags in the Socket Status Words allocated to the Unit must be used
55. 0 through 3115 respectively are initializing The bits will turn ON either when power is turned ON or when a CPU Bus Unit Restart Bit A50100 to A50115 is turned ON 0 Not initializing 1 Initializing System will automatically turn the flag OFF when initilization has been complted A40203 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Flag Non fatal error Bit A40203 is turned ON when the CPU Bus Units actually installed differ from the Units registered in the I O table The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue The unit number of the CPU Bus Unit involved is stored in word A427 0 No setting error 1 Setting error A40207 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Error Flag Non fatal error Bit A40207 is turned ON when an error occurs during the transmission of data between the CPU and CPU Bus Units The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue The Unit where the error occurred will stop The unit number of the CPU Bus Unit involved is stored in word A422 0 No unit number error 1 Unit number error A40300 to A40308 Memory Error Location When a memory error occurs the Memory Error Flag A40115 is turned ON and one of the following flags is turned ON to indicate the memory area where the error occurred A40300 User program A40304 PC Setup A40305 Registered I O Table A40307 Routing Table A4030
56. 117 118 recv_fail 119 120 printf response timeout error Yn 121 5 4 4 Delays for Accessing PC Memory The time for the response to be received after a remote node on the Ethernet network sends a memory area read or write command to a PC can be calculated using the following formula This time does not take network transmission delays into account so it may be extended under some operating conditions Write command delay time ms Remote node communications processing time 4 0 011 x number of words written CPU cycle time CPU data set processing time Read command delay time ms Remote node communications processing time 8 0 011 x number of words read CPU cycle time CPU data read processing time Note 1 The transfer time may exceed the calculated value due to the actual operat ing environment Factors affecting the transfer time are network traffic the window size of each node Ethernet Unit traffic e g socket services FTP server communications etc and the system configuration 2 The CPU data set processing time is the standard when the peripheral ser vice time is set in the CPU Unit System Setup to the default of 496 As this value is increased the processing time is shortened Example This example shows the calculations for a host computer sending a write com mand for 256 words to the PC The standard for the maximum transfer delay time is as follows when the PC s CPU c
57. 179 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 7 Can you display the EM directory using 1s from the host computer True End 8 Have specified banks of the EM Area been converted to EM File Memory True Step 9 9 Has the EM File Memory been initialized True Replace the CPU Unit 10 Initialize the EM File Memory from the CX Programmer or other Program ming Device 11 Can you display the MEMCARD directory using 1s from the host computer True End 12 Is a Memory Card not inserted in the PC True Insert a Memory Card 13 Is the Memory Card faulty True Initialize the Memory Card If the problem persists replace the Memory Card if necessary File Transfer Problems 1 2 3 1 Are you not connected to the FTP server True Return to the previous procedure 2 Is the current directory not MEMCARD or EM True Make MEMCARD or EM the current directory execute cd MEM CARD Or cd MEMCARD 3 Can you execute get True Step 6 4 Is the file you are attempting to get not actually on the Memory Card True Designate a file actually in the file system 5 Return to 10 5 1 Startup Problems on page 174 6 Can you execute put True Step 9 7 ls there insufficient free space available in the file system True Delete unneeded files or use a different Memory Card 8 Return to 10 5 1 Startup Problems on page 174 9 Is the data in the file transferred with put or get nor
58. 23 Not used n 24 Not used n 25 Appendix F Unit Control Switches CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 b AY e 0 L Internode Test Start Switch Socket Force close Switch Mail Send Switch 240 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Status of UDP TCP Sockets 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 net to n t6 SRESER L Opening Flag Receiving Flag Results Storage Error Flag Sending Flag TCP UDP Open Flag Socket Closed Flag Service Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 seti O EE E Power status FTP status Error Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 n 18 ela E ry ry ry 4 Bit 01 Transceiver echo test error Bit 02 IP address error Bit 03 IP address table error N Aa o Bit 04 IP router table error Bit 06 Routing table error Bit 07 Transceiver error Bit 08 Internode test flag OFF Test stopped ON Test running Bit 14 Address disagreement Bit 15 EEPROM error Socket Service Request Switches 1 to 8 CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 n 19 to n 22 L UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch Send Request Switch
59. 3 The Ethernet Unit starts the process requested by the parameters in the socket service request command CPU Ethernet Unit AS Other node Communications gt 4 When the process has been completed the result is stored in the results storage area defined in the socket service request command and the socket status will indicate completion of processing CPU Ethernet Unit Socket status area Process complete notification Results storage areal Results stored 122 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 2 Socket Services and Socket Status Program Flow When using socket services it is important to consider the timing of the status changes in the socket status area The diagram below shows a program flow chart for opening UDP Program flow is similar for other socket services Replace the names of the ap propriate flags in the flowchart to adapt it to other socket services Start UDP Open Error Evaluation Check socket status The specified UDP socket is NO already open YES Is Bit 15 Open Flag in the socket status word for the socket being used OFF Checks to see if the socket is open before com munications and close processing Check the Port Enabled Flag Lom gt The specified port is running NO network communications YES Is the Port Enabled Flag in A502 for communica tions port ON
60. 3 8 Creating Routing Tables 2 0 cee eens 33 3 8 1 Routing Table Overview 00 cee III 33 3 8 2 Connecting and Using a Peripheral Device for the PC 35 3 0 System Setup vob bos epe ee apud tex eU E d tube art 38 3 9 1 When Settings are Required llle 38 3 9 2 Using a Programming Device 0 0 0 eee 38 3 9 3 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Defaults ooooooocoooococorooooo 38 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table lisse 39 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table 0 eee eee eee 39 3 12 Checking Communications sss esetere iroa deas dh RR eR eee mgr 39 3 12 1 PING Command and Internode Testing 0 0 000020000 40 3 12 2 PING Command s ci seh a ae ea eed 40 3 12 3 Internode Test sites se bath henge an PEERS bate SOARES RENE ees Kits 40 19 Before Operation Section 3 1 3 1 Before Operation Address Conversion for FINS Communications Only Ethernet Unit IP address 153 211 32 114 Node number 23 In order to connect the Ethernet Unit to an Ethernet network it is necessary to set the IP address This section explains the process of address conversion which is required information for determining the Ethernet Unit s IP address When using the FINS communication service it is necessary to specify the nodes according to the FINS address system Even in this case data must be sent and received on the Ethernet network using IP add
61. 4 3BSD specifications Address conversion method Automatic address generation FINS UDP port number 9600 Subnet mask 0 0 0 0 A value corresponding to the IP address is used FTP login name Not set CONFIDENTIAL FTP password Not set IP address table Not set IP router table Not set Broadcast Settings Set the method for specifying the broadcast address All 1s 4 3BSD Default Broadcast with host number set to all ones 4 3BSD specifications All Os 4 2BSD Broadcast with host number set to all zeroes 4 2BSD specifications Address Conversion Method Set the method for converting the FINS node number to an IP address Setting Meaning Automatic generation Uses automatic address generation The IP address is Default automatically generated from the FINS node number without using an IP address table IP address table Uses an IP address table Combined Uses both automatic address generation and an I O address table Automatic Address Generation With the automatic generation the FINS node number is regarded as the host number of the IP address just as it is Destination IP address Local IP address and subnet mask Destination FINS node number Example Local IP address 130 25 36 8 Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 Destination FINS node number 5 Destination IP address 130 25 0 5 When using automatic address generation the default for address conv
62. 5 4 FINS Command Frame Configuration Size bytes Contents __ICF__ i 1 Displays frame information RSV 1 Reserved by system GCT 1 Permissible number of gateways ___DNA 1 Destination network address FINS header lt DAI 1 Destination node address L DA2 1 Destination unit address LL SNA 1 Source network address _ SA 1 Source node address ___SA2 1 Source unit address SID 1 Service ID MRC FINS command J ang S ae 1 Main request code SRC 1 Sub request code Parameter FINS parameter data 4 data field anat mex Command parameters and send data The data length depends on the MRC and SRC FINS Response Frame The response code one byte each for MRES and SRES for the command is Configuration added at the beginning of the FINS parameter data field in the response frame Size bytes Contents FINS header 10 Same as in command frame FINS command 2 Same as in command frame _MRES 1 Main response code Lo SRES __ 4 1 Sub response code FINS parameter data field Data 1998 max Response data There are some frames in which the data length is 0 FINS Header Information ICF Information Control Field Response Request Bit 0 Response required 1 Response not required AAA A Qd ah ah Kind of data 0 command 1 response ry a 1 1 1 1 RSV Reserved by system Set to 00 Hex GCT Permissible Number of G
63. 54 Opening Flag 52 Receiving Flag 52 Results Storage Error Flag 52 Sending Flag 52 TCP UDP Open Flag 52 FTP indicator 24 151 FTP server 8 12 13 17 See also Memory Cards application examples 145 using UNIX 152 closing 149 commands 146 bye 149 cd 148 close 149 delete 149 dir 147 get 148 Is 147 mdelete 149 mget 148 mput 149 open 147 put 148 pwd 148 quitting 149 type 148 user 147 connecting 140 147 data type 148 displaying current directory 148 Index FTP server continued file system 140 indicator 24 login name 45 setting 141 password 45 setting 141 quitting 149 status 151 troubleshooting 179 G GCT 80 get 148 grounding noise reduction 227 precautions 223 224 transceivers 224 H hardware errors indicator 24 host numbers 8 9 humidity 6 T O allocations 42 CIO Area 42 50 239 DM Area 42 56 242 System Setup 42 I O table creating 32 ICF 80 ICMP communications 7 status 215 IEEES802 3 standards 10 indicators 24 troubleshooting 170 inductive voltages 224 inspections 251 installation Contact Output Units 229 Ethernet network 28 noise reduction 226 outdoors 229 precautions 10 223 transceivers 225 instructions sending FINS commands 63 Internet Control Message Protocol See ICMP communications Internet Protocol See IP communications InterNIC Registration Services 9 INTERNODE
64. A when network No 130 26 X X is connected by the IP router with IP address 130 25 36 253 Refer to the preceding dia gram IP network number IP address of IP router 130 26 0 0 130 25 36 253 Setting range 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Setting range 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 0 A maximum of eight records can be registered The default is for nothing to be set For an explanation of how to make the settings refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 4 2 2 Mail Settings Item CX Programmer default Mail settings None set User created mail data address Not set Local mail address Not set Destination mail address Not set SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Not set Mail Settings User Data in User Mail Specify whether or not user data is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent by turning ON the Mail Send Switch in the CPU Unit s I O Memory Refer to page 51 The user data is ASCII data stored with the CPU Unit s I O memory address set for the mail function s user created mail data address When user data is sent 1 024 bytes or the data up to the null code 00 Hex will be sent Not selected Default User data not included in user mail Selected User data included in user mail 46 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 Error Log in User Mail Specify whether or not all error log information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent by turning ON the Mail Send Switch in the CPU Unit
65. B cece eens 3 9 System Setup eeir n a Gun gia a a ewe ddd e 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table i icno era niaaa DR RR ERR ERR 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table noens ceure inniti a E E III 3 12 Checking Communications sselele Ie SECTION 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations 4 1 Allocated Words oer A ee a Beh e DR ATE EVE 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup o oocoocococooro e 4 3 GIO Are Allocations educ e ee ten Seu Eco vete Nested edes ue 44 DM Area Allocations o or RR RR I rr er XIII xiv xiv xiv XV XV xvii CO o 10 t o rt gt 11 12 15 15 17 17 19 20 22 23 25 27 28 32 33 38 39 39 39 41 vii viii TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 5 FINS Communications oooooooooo oo oo ooo 61 5 1 Overview of FINS Communications 0 cece eee eee tenes 62 5 2 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications 0 00 00 00 02 eee 64 5 3 Sending Commands From a PC 2 eee enn eee 65 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer 0 0 0 eee eee ee 78 2 9 EINS Server ase ssa ent eatin ass eee aches Ah aie wale eh ees 84 SECTION 6 Socket Services Loi C eee or COE eO oet 85 G L QVerVIeW l6 stes ume ie ns ee ob RE ht Mile Mateo hain igs AR EPIS 86 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches 94 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 seeeeeeeeee eh 119
66. CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are used to send a service request from the CPU Unit to the Ethernet Unit 2 The Socket Service Parameters in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area are used to specify the service being requested from the Ethernet Unit The CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area is also used to receive results of process ing from the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit Using CMND 490 CS1 series PC Host computer or other device CPU Unit Ethernet Unit P FINS command TCP data transfers User program UDP data Processing transfers results 86 Overview Section 6 1 Specific Socket Service Functions The socket service functions listed in the following table can be executed either using Socket Service Request Switches or using CMND 490 Open UDP socket Receive via UDP socket Send via UDP socket Close UDP socket Open TCP socket passive Open TCP socket active Receive via TCP socket Send via TCP socket Close TCP socket 6 1 2 Sockets Sockets are interfaces that allow TCP and UDP protocols to be used directly from the user program With personal computers socket are provided as C lan guage interface libraries which allow TCP or UDP protocols to be programming using library functions With UNIX computers socket interfaces are supported in the form of system calls The CS1 series PCs support the socket service from the user program The user program requests service fu
67. CPU Bus Unit System Setup If several errors in a row are recorded in the error log the notification of these errors may all be included in the same e mail message If there is a need to periodically check the Ethernet Unit s status e mail can be sent at regular intervals With this method e mail is sent at fixed time intervals according to the mail interval and mail information settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup After the mail processing has been completed the next e mail will be sent when the fixed time interval elapses There may be discrepancies in the transmission intervals if the Ethernet Unit status causes the processing to take more time The mail status is reflected in the Mail Status areas in the CPU Bus Unit words allocated in the DM Area It can be checked as required Mail Status D30000 100 x unit number 15 14 18 zer Jp ESSI n EA L User Mail Status Periodic Mail Status Error Mail Status Status Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch or no mail is being sent Mail being processed Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was normal Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was abnormal Mail cannot be sent due to System Setup error 0 OFF 1 ON
68. Command Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small TCP socket number is out of range Remote IP address is 0 Remote TCP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket connection is already open or is being opened High traffic at Unit cannot execute service 206 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 000D A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EACCES 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENOBUFS 0042 see note An error occurred EMSGSIZE 0044 Received ICMP data ENOPROTOOPT 0045 Local socket closed ECONNABORTED 0049 Duplicated port numbers EADDRINUSE 004A An error occurred ECONNREFUSED Passive remote is not available 004B see note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004C A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EADDRNOTAVAIL A parameter was specified incorrectly An attempt was made to actively open local TCP port A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address ENETUNREACH No network number in IP router table or incorrect router setting A parameter error o
69. ECHO TEST 196 internode test 164 165 checking results 167 command 196 comparison with PING 40 executing 165 setting parameters 166 settings 56 starting 166 stopping 166 IP ADDRESS TABLE READ 213 IP communications 7 140 IP address tables 39 44 IP addresses 8 allocations 9 classes 8 configuration 8 converting to node numbers 45 display area 59 host numbers 8 9 network numbers 8 reading from Units 193 reading tables 213 remote devices 97 setting 9 26 subnet masks 9 20 subnet numbers 9 IP router tables 39 reading 214 setting 46 precautions 62 programming example 110 114 126 133 status 215 IP ROUTER TABLE READ 214 L lightning optical Ethernet Systems 229 Low Voltage Directives xvii ls 147 mail 13 17 application example 160 contents 157 error mail 158 functions 156 periodic mail 158 sending 158 160 settings 46 status 59 159 triggers 158 troubleshooting 181 user mail 158 main response code 190 See also MRES maintenance 249 mdelete 49 255 Index memory areas See data areas Memory Cards 140 See also FTP server deleting files 149 displaying directories 147 transferring files from host 148 149 transferring files to host 148 MEMORY STATUS READ 219 meget 148 mode settings reading from Unit 193 mounting Racks 27 mput 149 MRES 191 N networks network memory 219 234 network numbers 8 size 8 tro
70. Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m Remote network address Remote node number 00 to 7F Hex Internode Test Number of Send Bytes CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 131 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 1 Number of send bytes 0000 to 07CC Hex 01 to 7F Hex 1 996 bytes when set to 0000 Hex Internode Test Response Monitoring Time CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 131 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 2 Response monitoring time 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 seconds when set to 2 seconds 242 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Internode Test Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 3 erase 3 Ls Timeout Error code Response error Send error Data does not match Routing table error Send parameter error Number of Internode Test Runs Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 4 Number of test runs 0000 to FFFF Hex Number of Internode Test Timeout Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 5 Number of timeout errors 0000 to FFFF Number of Internode Test Response Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 6 Number of response errors 0000 to FFFF Number of Internode Test Transmission Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5
71. Execute FINS command via CMND 490 for Ethernet Unit Use the CMND 490 to send the UDP OPEN RE QUEST command 2701 to the Ethernet Unit Check response 0000 An error occurred The Ethernet NO Unit did not receive the UDP Is the response code 0000 normal for the YES UDP OPEN REQUEST command OPEN REQUEST command Check Opening Flag status ON OFF Socket status bit 00 Wait until bit 00 in the socket status turns OFF open complete Check results storage area response code 0000 An error occurred The specified NO Socket could not be opened YES Is response code 0000 UDP opened 123 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 3 Communications Timing Chart The timing of the status changes of the bits in the socket status area and the Port Enabled Flag is shown in the following diagram Port Enabled Flag 1 0 1 Opening Flag 0 1 i Receiving Flag 0 1 Sending Flag 0 1 Closing Flag 0 Open Flag 1 AI aal Open request Receive request Send request Close request received received received received Open complete Receive complete Send complete Close complete 6 3 4 Socket Service Timing Chart The timing of the socket service open send receive and close request com mands are shown in the following diagrams OPEN REQUEST Port Enabled Flag 1 0 Running Running
72. Expansion Backplane not possible with 2 slot CPU Backplane Up to four Units can be mounted CS1W BI033 BI053 BIO83 BlI103 CS1 Expansion Backplane to the slots shown in the diagrams on the left CS1 Expansion Rack yw Can mount to any position 2 with 3 5 8 or 10 slots 3 5 8 or 10 slots C200H Expansion I O Backplane Ethernet Unit cannot be mounted to any slots PS Note 1 CPU CPU Unit PS Power Supply Unit The Ethernet Unit s maximum current consumption is 400 mA The power provided to the transceiver is not included because it comes from a 24 VDC power supply connected to the Unit s power supply terminals Make sure that the total current consumption of all the Units connected to the same CPU Backplane or Expansion Backplane does not exceed the output ca pacity of the Power Supply Unit When mounting other CPU Bus Units at the same time make sure that the total amount of memory required for the CPU Bus Unit System Setups does not exceed the size of the System Setup Area approximately 5K words or 10 752 bytes The Ethernet Unit uses 412 bytes 27 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 3 6 Connecting to the Network 3 6 1 Ethernet Network Installation When installing an Ethernet network be sure to take all appropriate safety mea sures and to follow the applicable standards ISO 8802 3 You must obtain a copy
73. Hex O to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Number of Internode Test Response Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 6 Number of response errors 0000 to FFFF The number of response errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Number of Internode Test Transmission Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 7 Number of transmission errors 0000 to FFFFHex The number of transmission errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Number of Times Internode Test Data Did Not Match Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 8 Number of data disagreement errors 0000 to FFFF The number of data disagreement errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not g
74. JIS C0912 147 m s 15G three times each in X Y and Z directions Ambient temperature Operating 0 to 55 C Storage 20 to 75 C Humidity 10 to 90 with no condensation Atmosphere Must be free from corrosive gas Weight 300 g max Dimensions 35 x 130 x 101 mm W x Hx D Software Configuration Section 1 6 Dimensions v A c 130 Ty bee ec P 16 5 including cover 1 6 Software Configuration The software supported by the Ethernet Unit runs in the layers shown in the fol lowing diagram The components that form the various layers are defined below Unit mm CS1 series PC s CPU Unit Ethernet Unit Internet Protocol Transfers datagrams to target nodes using IP addresses Internet Control Message Protocol Supports IP communications by signalling Address Resolution Protocol Determines the Ethernet address i e physical the diagram E Memory Card CS1 series PC s CPU EM File Memory FINS Communication Mail FTP Service Socket Socket transmissions Services Services FINS SMTP FTP server UDP TCP IP ICMP ARP Ethernet V2 0 Ethernet The Version 2 0 Ethernet frame format is used for communications IP ICMP errors in data transfers ARP address by broadcasting based on the target IP address UDP User Datagram Protocol Performs datagram communications Data resends
75. Local network Communications port number 0 to 7 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 15 7 0 Response 0 Required Destination Unit address 1 Not required 00 Hex CPU Unit 5 p 87 3 0 10 to 1F Hex Unit 0 to 15 C45 E1 Hex Inner Board Se ea FE Hex Unit connected to network Response monitor time 0000 Hex 2 s Destination node number N 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in units of 1 s 00 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 The same data can be broadcast to all nodes on the network by setting the destination node number to FF Hex The range of node addresses is different for networks other than Ethernet Destination node number N Command Interpretation Response Number of retries 68 Note The message services function does not guarantee that a message will reach the destination node A message may be lost during transmission due to factors such as noise In order to prevent this from occurring when using message ser vices it is common to set up retry processing at the node from which instructions are issued With the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions retry processing is executed automatically by specifying the number of retries so specify a number other than 0 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Commands Addressed to CS1 series CPU Units The following table provides a list of FINS commands that can be processed by a CS1 series CPU Unit For details refer to the CS1 series CS1G H CP E Programmabl
76. Mail Send Switch Bit 3 User mail can be sent by turning ON this switch The contents of the user mail are set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup After the user mail has been sent the Ethernet Unit will turn this switch OFF again Do not attempt to forcibly manipulate this switch before it is automatically turned OFF by the Unit 51 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Status of UDP TCP Sockets 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 131 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n l tonet6 Fe Fe ei ace i L Opening Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag Results Storage Error Flag TCP UDP Open Flag amp losinia Fi osing Flag Status Manipulated Unit operation Reference by Opening Flag ON during open processing Turns ON when Section 6 open request is received Socket Services Turns OFF when open processing has been completed Receiving Flag ON during receive processing Turns ON when receive request is received Turns OFF when receive processing has been completed Sending Flag ON during send processing Turns ON when send request is received Turns OFF when send processing has been completed Closing Flag ON during close processing Turns ON when close request is received Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Not used Results Storage Turns ON if there is an error in storing the Section 6 Error Flag results when socket services are used by Socket means of the CMND 490 i
77. OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST PING IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE IP ADDRESS TABLE READ IP ROUTER TABLE READ PROTOCOL STATUS READ MEMORY STATUS READ SOCKET STATUS READ ADDRESS INFORMATION READ 11 1 2 Response Code List Response codes are 2 byte codes which indicate the results of command execution They are returned in the response following the command code The first byte of a response code is the MRES main response code which categorizes the results of command execution The second byte is the SRES sub response code which specifies the results MRC Main request code Command Response SRC Sub request code code code MRES Main response code l T l SRES Sub response code MRC SRC MRES SRES 190 Socket Applications Section 11 2 The MRES codes are shown in the following table along with the results they indicate Refer to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes for details on re sponse codes including the SRES Fa Execution results Normal completion Local node error Remote node error Unit error controller error Service not supported Routing error Command format error Parameter error Status error Operating environment error
78. Receptioh processing time 95 commar d CPU Bus Unit Service Cycle CPU Bus Unit Service Processing Time Transmission and Reception Processing Times CPU Data Read Processing Time CPU Data Set Processing Time i CPU Bus Unit service p time local node Lp mand Transmission processing time com a e The transmission delay for the RECV 098 instruction can be calculated using the following equation which is illustrated in the following diagram Max delay Local node service cycle local node service processing time transmission processing time command reception processing time command remote node service cycle remote node ser vice processing time CPU data read processing time remote node remote node service processing time transmission pro cessing time response reception processing time response local node service cycle local node service processing time CPU data set processing time local node CPU data set processing time Service processing CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node Reception processing time response H Transmission prpcessing time response j Service processing CPU Bus Unit service cycle remote node V gt CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote node t Maximum transmission delay Le The CPU Bus Unit service cycle is a single PC cycle This is the time required to process CPU Bus Units and is approxi
79. Server oeste ERO XAR T AO x ER END e AR U LES 17 2 9 Mall a sette UP neater MANS URS oa Re Bahn EN RE SN UNA T E TS 17 11 Communications Functions Section 2 1 2 1 Function Client to server Communications Functions PC to PC The following table shows the communications service functions that are avail able with the Ethernet Unit FINS communications By executing SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 FINS command Socket services By executing CMND 490 or manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Any data FTP server PC to host computer By executing SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 Host computer with FINS Gateway function FINS command At PC By executing CMND 490 or manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Host computer without FINS Gateway function Passive open Any data E mail can be set to be sent when specified bits turn ON when errors occur or at fixed intervals Mail server Host computer to PC By sending FINS messages from the host computer Host computer with FINS Gate way function FINS command At PC By executing CMND 490 or manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Host computer with out FINS Gateway function Active open FTP commands executed by host computer Host computer File Data type FINS commands various
80. Value Command The maximum control time between receiving the open request and storing the result If this set time limit is exceeded the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code The value is set in units of 0 1 s The timeout time is unlimited if the value is set to O Remote IP Address Specify the remote node s IP address If all zeroes are set no remote node is Command Results specified and connection is awaited from any node If any other value is set con Storage Area nection is awaited from the specified remote node The IP address of the con nected remote node will be stored in the results storage area Remote Port Number Specify the remote TCP port number with this command If all zeroes are set no Command Results remote TCP port number is specified If any other value is set it specifies the Storage Area TCP port number of the remote node The TCP port number of the connected remote node will be stored in the results storage area Precautions Processing varies as shown in the table below according to the specified com bination of remote IP address and remote TCP port number Remote IP Remote TCP Description address port All connection requests received Received only when port number matches Received only when IP address matches Received only when IP address and port number matches 204 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response Codes Normal
81. active open method is used to open the node as a client Active Passive TCP Socket Client Operi open Server TCP socket Connection Note 1 TCP Communications The TCP sockets must be closed once a connection has been made before com munications are possible with other TCP sockets This is true for other serv er and client sockets Up to eight TCP sockets can be open simultaneously With UDP sockets communications are possible with more than one other UDP socket even without closing the connection When a connection is made between two nodes the process at the node providing a service is called the server and the process at the node request ing the service is called the client The server is started first and waits for a service request from a client The client requests to the server that a connec tion be opened and then transmits data When the TCP protocol is used however the client server relationship does not need to be programmed in the application because it is automatically handled by the protocol communications procedure is shown below for communications between a Procedure host computer and Ethernet Unit using a TCP socket In this example the host computer is the server and the Ethernet Unit is the client Host computer server Ethernet Unit client Y Passive open Y je Active open 3 Connection requested
82. address EHOSTUNREACH 0053 see note A communication error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT 0081 The specified socket was closed during transmission Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 11 3 17 TCP CLOSE REQUEST Command Block Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters TCP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Precautions 210 Requests processing to close a TCP socket Other processing being carried out is forcibly ended and a code is recorded in the results storage area 27 14 Command TCP Results storage code Socket area number 27 14 Command Response code code Response code The TCP socket number to be closed specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified Any other processing such as sending or receiving data being carried out when this close command is executed will be forcibly ended and a code will be stored in the results storage area to indicate that this processing was forcibly ended Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response Cod
83. address allocated to the socket Remote Port Number The remote port number allocated to the socket TCP Transitions The TCP connection status is returned as one of the numbers shown in the fol lowing table Refer to Appendix D TCP Status Transitions for a diagram of transi tions 00 00 0000 CLOSED Closed 00 000001 LISTEN Waiting for connection 00 00 00 02 SYN SENT SYN sent in active status 00 00 00 03 SYN RECEIVED SYN received and sent 00000004 ESTABLISHED Already established 00 00 00 05 CLOSE WAIT Received FIN waiting to close 00 00 00 06 FIN WAIT 1 Completed and FIN sent 00 00 0007 CLOSING Completed and exchanged FIN Awaiting ACK 00 00 00 08 LAST ACK FIN sent and completed Awaiting ACK 00 00 00 09 FIN WAIT 2 Close completed and ACK received Awaiting FIN 00 00 00 0A TIME WAIT After closing pauses twice the maximum segment life 2MSL All the above values are set to 0 if Ethernet communications functions are stopped due to improper settings in the system setup 221 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response Codes Command Block Response Block Parameters Response Codes 222 0000 Normal 11 3 25 ADDRESS INFORMATION READ Reads FINS node numbers and IP addresses 27 65 Command code 27 65 6 bytes Command Response Number of Address code code addresses information Numb
84. address table when using the IP address table method as the method for address conversion For details regarding prelimi nary procedures refer to 3 1 Before Operation An IP address table does not necessarily need to be registered in order to use the combined method for address conversion If none is registered however the automatic address generation method will always be used If the automatic address generation method is to be used exclusively then there is no need to register an IP address table In that case proceed to 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table The IP address table must be created by a CX Programmer connected to the PC It cannot be created using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table Connecting and Using a Programming Device for the PC Note An IP router table is a table of correspondences between IP router IP addresses and the network numbers of segments relayed by the IP router If the Ethernet network is configured of multiple segments an IP router table must be registered for communications between the segments For details on segments and con necting nodes refer to 1 2 2 Node Connections If the Ethernet network has the minimal configuration of just one segment there is no need to create an IP router table In that case proceed to 3 12 Checking Communications An IP router table needs to
85. and CMND 490 instructions until processing is com pleted are described in this section These times however do not take transmis sion delay times on the network into account so they may be increased depend ing on the conditions under which the instructions are executed 75 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 SEND 090 The transmission delay for the SEND 090 instruction can be calculated using the following equation which is illustrated in the following diagram Max delay Local node service cycle local node service processing time transmission processing time reception processing time re mote node service cycle remote node service processing time CPU data set processing time remote node SEND 090 executed in user program ae CPU Bus Unit service cycle local node i CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node pa n Transmission processing time i Reception processing time CPU Bus Unit service cycle remote node CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote node Maximum transmission delay CPU data set processing time remote node CPU Bus Unit Service The CPU Bus Unit service cycle is a single PC cycle Cycle CPU Bus Unit Service This is the time required to process CPU Bus Units and is approximately 1 ms for Processing Time Ethernet Units Transmission Processing Number of words transferred x 0 011 3 ms Time Reception Processing Number of words transferred x 0 011 3 ms Time CPU Data Set P
86. and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 or change the address conversion method to use and IP address table or both methods 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and start over 1 2 3 1 Refer to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes on page 184 and re move any causes of the problem discovered there before proceeding with this procedure 2 Is the control data for the instruction set incorrectly True Make sure that the FINS network address is not set to 0 for the Ether net Unit and check the network address node number and unit ad dress 3 Is a CMND 194 instruction being addressed to the local node e g for sock et services True Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 175 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 10 12 Are different UDP port numbers set for FINS communications for both the local node and the remote node True Set the same port number for both nodes Are the local and remote nodes both on the same network i e do they have the same network number in their IP addresses
87. be created only when the IP address table method or the combined method is used for address conversion The IP router table must be created by a CX Programmer connected to the PC It cannot be created using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 3 12 Checking Communications The Ethernet Unit supports the PING command which is also widely supported by host computers It also supports a function for internode testing in the FINS communications service by simply manipulating bits with a Programming De vice After the settings and connections have been completed use either the PING command or the internode test function as required to check communications with the remote nodes 39 Checking Communications Section 3 12 3 12 1 PING Command and Internode Testing The following table outlines the points of difference between the PING command and internode testing Main application PING command Testing communications as an Ethernet node Internode testing Checking settings such as FINS addresses for using the FINS communications Service Test objects Ethernet Units and Ethernet devices that support PING OMRON Units and Boards that support FINS communications service internode testing Network classification Within Ethernet networks including between segments Up to three levels of Ethernet networks and FA ne
88. clear the error log Refer Error Logs to Section 11 FINS Commands Adaressed to Ethernet Units Command Function code SRC ERROR LOG READ ERROR LOG CLEAR 10 4 Error Log Error Codes The error codes are described in the following table The detailed error code will provide detailed information on an error Meaning Detailed error code Correction 1st byte 2nd byte Watchdog timer error in CPU Unit 00 00 Replace the CPU Unit Saved CPU Unit service monitor error Monitor time ms Check the operating Saved environment Other CPU error Bit 11 Unit not in Registered Create the I O tables Saved I O Tables CPU Unit initialization error 00 00 Replace the CPU Unit Saved Insufficient System Setup Area 00 00 Reduce the number of CPU Bus Saved Units Event timed out MRC SRC Replace the CPU Unit Saved CPU Unit memory error 01 Read 03 Routing 01 Recreate the data specified by Saved error table the 2nd byte of the detailed error 02 Write 04 Setup code error error 02 Clear memory using procedure 05 CPU Bus in the PC operation manual Unit Words CIO DM CPU Unit protected 00 Remove protection from CPU Unit memory 172 Error Log Error Codes Meaning Resend count exceeded send failed Detailed error code Node address setting error send failed Remote node not in network send failed No Unit with specified unit address send failed
89. connect the trans ceivers at those marks e The transceiver connection method depends on the type of transceiver so refer to the transceiver operation manual 3 Prepare the transceiver cable and then connect it to the transceivers For more details regarding these steps refer to Appendix A Network Installation The cable preparation should be performed by an experienced professional 28 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 4 Connect the transceiver cable to the Ethernet Unit connector The Ethernet Unit connector has a slide latch conforming to IEEE802 3 specifications that serves as alock mechanism To connect the transceiver cable operate the slide latch as described below a First push the slide latch upwards b Insert the cable connector into the Ethernet Unit s connector with the two locking posts at the end of the cable connector aligned with the holes in the slide latch c Then push the slide latch down to lock the cable connector in place 3 Slide latch Y CX Gi Cc 7 JA l p N fi LA fi fl A 0 3 Lock post 3 6 4 Connecting the Power Supply Connect a 24 VDC power supply to the power supply terminals The Ethernet Unit converts this 24 VDC power supply to the power supply voltage for the transceivers and provides it through the transceiver cable 24 VDC power supply 24 VDC TE irc 5 f Crimp terminals must be used
90. conversion method was set for automatic generation but the node number and the last byte of the local IP address do not agree or other host sec tions are O EEPROM Error An error occurred in the EEPROM memory in the Ethernet Unit 195 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Total Number of Packets Received Response Total Number of Receive Errors Response Total Number of Packets Sent Response Total Number of Errors Sent Response Total Number of Send Collisions Precautions Response Codes Command Block Response Block Parameters Test Data Command Response Precautions Response Codes 196 The total number of packets received by the Ethernet Unit is returned The total number of errors detected while the Ethernet Unit was receiving is re turned The types of error detected are short packet errors alignment errors and CRC errors The total number of packets sent by the Ethernet Unit is returned The total number of packet errors detected while the Ethernet Unit was sending is returned The number of packets damaged by 16 collisions with data from other nodes during Ethernet Unit transmissions Counting of the total number of packets received total number of receive errors total number of packets sent total number of errors sent and total number of send collisions is discontinued when the counted value reaches the maximum value 0000 Normal 11 3 4 INTERNODE E
91. data True Correct the mail send information settings in the Setup the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send infor mation Was it impossible to obtain the required information from the mail data True Correct the following errors Correct the user generated mail address Check the user application to be sure that there is not too much traf fic at the Ethernet Unit Is notification given for error mail True End Is the send status for error mail 7 True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 0 0 0 0 Correct the error mail send information settings the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send information Is the send status for error mail 0 True If sending error mail is not set in the Setup make the proper settings If sending error mail is set in the Setup no system errors have oc curred and the system should be operating correctly Is the send status for error mail 6 True Check the communications path Correct the SMTP server address Correct the IP router table Something is blocking communications or equipment on the com munications path is not set correctly Is the destination mail address incorrectly set True Correct the destination mail address in the Setup Error mail will be held at the SMTP server if the destination mail address is incorrect Be sure the send destination m
92. during open proc essing Force close Switch The requested processes are canceled and an response code is stored when the Force close Switch is used Open Send or Receive Request Switch Force close Switch Response Code Opening Sending or 4 a femen Receiving Flag amp we 2 2 Closing Flag Open Flag 1 1 1 1 i 4 1 1 1 1 Request Switch Request turned ON accepted Close request accented Not synced with Force close Request Switches Switch turned ON Note The Open Flag will not turn ON at all if a force close request is made during open processing 109 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 6 2 8 TCP IP Communications Programming Example The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using TCP IP communications System Configuration The programming example uses the following system configuration For the TCP connection the Ethernet Unit uses a passive open and the host computer uses an active open Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 Data Flow The data will flow between the CPU Unit Ethernet Unit and host computer as shown in the following diagram Line Ethernet CPU Unit Host computer Ethernet Unit E Sent to line Processing in host computer Reque
93. ensure safety in the event of incorrect missing or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines momentary power interruptions or other causes XV Application Precautions 5 xvi e Interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety measures in external circuits i e not in the Programmable Controller must be provided by the customer e Always use the power supply voltages specified in the operation manuals An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning e Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction e Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short circuit ing in external wiring Insufficient safety measures against short circuiting may result in burning e Be sure that all the mounting screws terminal screws and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction Leave the label attached to the Unit when wiring Removing the label may re sult in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit e Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipa tion Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction Use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly t
94. for example if network A is taken as the end network then network B becomes the relay network and node c becomes the relay node If network C is taken as the end network then network B still becomes the relay network and node e becomes the relay node 36 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Example 3 All Nodes This example uses the following configuration to show the routing tables for all nodes Unit 3 Node 4 Unit 2 Network 20 PC 1 Routing Table Local network table Local CPU Bus network i NO PC 2 Routing Table Local network table PC 3 Routing Table Local network table PC 4 Routing Table Local network table PC 5 Routing Table Local network table Local CPU Bus TE ai me PC 6 Routing Table Local network table Local CPU Bus MS T No PC 7 Routing Table Local network table oca PUB neok Node 3 Network 10 Unit 4 Node 5 Unit 7 Node 15 Network 30 Unit 6 Node 10 Unit 1 Unit 5 Node 2 Node 5 Relay network table End on Relay Relay network node Relay network table Relay Relay network node Relay network table End Relay Relay Leeds network node Relay network table End Relay Relay network network node Relay network table End Helay Relay network network node Relay E network node 37 System Setup Section 3 9 3 9 System Setu
95. for the power supply cable The applicable M3 crimp terminals and recommended products are shown below T T 6 2 mm me 6 2 mm max Ls LAA Specifications Applicable power line range stranded wire J S T MFG CO V1 25 N3A Fork terminal with 0 25 to 1 65 mm LTD vinyl insulation AWG 22 to 16 V1 25 MS3 Ring terminal with vinyl insulation MOLEX JAPAN VSY1 25 3 5L Fork terminal with 0 3 to 1 65 mm CO LTD vinyl insulation AWG 22 to 16 RAV1 25 M3 Ring terminal with vinyl insulation 29 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 30 Z N Caution Note Be sure to turn OFF the power supply to the PC before connecting to the power supply terminal block 1 2 12 13 14 15 16 Do not connect a power supply with a voltage other than 24 VDC To reduce the effects of noise wire the power supply cable separately from power lines and high voltage lines Crimp terminals must be used for wiring Do not just twist loose wire strands Use the recommended crimp terminals Use the proper tools and procedure for installing the crimp terminals Con sult with the terminal manufacturers for instructions If the proper tools and procedure are not used it may cause the cable to become disconnected When installing the crimp terminals use a length of cable that will not need to be bent too much when combined with the terminals Also cover the ter minal and the end o
96. is not 00 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already processing a send request 2210 The specified socket is not open 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 0020 Connection with remote socket broken during send EPIPE 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 The remote IP address is a broadcast address and the number of See note bytes to send is greater than 1 472 bytes EMSGSIZE 0044 ICMP data received ENOPROTOOPT See note 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED See note 004A Error in communications with remote node ECONNREFUSED See note 004B Error in communications with remote node ECONNREFUSED See note 004E Remote IP address parameter error ENETUNREACH See note 004F ICMP data received EHOSTDOWN See note 0051 Remote IP address parameter error EHOSTUNREACH See note Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response Meaning code 0053 Error in communications with remote node ETIMEDOUT See note 0081 The specified socket was closed during send processing Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Close Request Response Meaning code Normal end The specified socket is not open
97. m min multiple of 2 5 m Segment 500 m max Number of branch points 100 The devices shown in the following table must be obtained to configure a net work using an Ethernet Unit so prepare them in advance Use only devices in the network that conform to IEEE802 3 standards Network device Contents CS1 Ethernet Unit The Ethernet Unit is a Communications Unit that connects a CS1 series PC to an Ethernet network 24 VDC power supply This is a external 24 VDC power supply for the purpose of providing power to the transceivers via transceiver cable Use a power supply with an output current of at least 0 3 A per node The power is converted within the Unit to the transceiver power supply voltage and is provided to the transceiver Transceiver The transceiver is a device for interfacing between the coaxial cable and the nodes Note The Ethernet Unit can provide a maximum current of 0 4 A to the transceiver so use a transceiver with a current consumption of not more than 0 4 A Check with the manufacturer for information regarding transceiver current consumption Transceiver cable AUI cable This is the cable for connecting between transceivers and nodes Coaxial cable The coaxial cable comprises the main line of the Ethernet System Terminator for coaxial cable The Terminators connect to both ends of the terminating resistance coaxial cable Note 1 It is also possible to use 10BASE T twisted
98. network ID from the IP address in hexadecimal The network ID part corre sponding to the address class determined by the leftmost 3 bits refer to 1 7 IP Addresses set here is enabled Router IP Address The IP address of a router connected to a network specified with IP addresses If the IP router table contains fewer records than the number specified in the number of records parameter all the records contained in the IP router table when the command is executed will be returned and the command execution will end normally 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 1002 Command too small Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 22 PROTOCOL STATUS READ Command Block Response Block Parameters IP Status Response 1 2 3 ICMP Status Response 1 2 3 Reads the Ethernet Unit protocol status 27 62 Command code 27 62 48 bytes 184 bytes 184 bytes 12 bytes Command Response IP status ICMP status TCP status UDP status code code Twelve types of IP status information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in the follo 1 2 wing sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexadecimal value Total number of IP packets received The number of IP packets discarded due to an error with the checksum in the packet header The number of IP packets discarded because the received packet was larg er than the overall packet l
99. numbers 238 UNIX error messages 186 Ethernet communications 7 addresses reading from Unit 193 IEEES802 3 standards 10 28 ISO 8802 3 standards 28 parameters 231 Ethernet Systems 4 optical 228 optical fiber components 228 Ethernet Units 4 dimensions 247 functions 13 mounting 27 reading status 219 replacing 249 resetting 193 socket ports 13 standards 10 System Setup 38 F Factory Interface Network Service See FINS communications File Transfer Protocol See FTP server FINS communications 8 12 13 15 address conversion 44 command frames 79 commands 63 193 format 191 list 84 254 FINS communications continued commands from hosts 78 commands from PCs 65 echo test 164 functions 62 headers 80 memory areas 192 port numbers 65 remote addresses 78 response codes 184 190 response frames 79 response monitor time 65 responses 193 retries 65 setting UDP port number 45 socket numbers 191 socket services 191 specifications 65 testing 211 troubleshooting 175 flags Closing Flag 52 Communications Port Enabled Flags 237 Communications Port Error Flags 237 CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags 237 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Error Flag 237 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Error Unit Number Flags 238 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Number Duplication Flags 238 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Flag 237 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags 238 Error Flags 195 FTP Status Flag 53 Internode Test Flag
100. on a preset correspondence table called an IP address table The IP ad dress table is prepared in the System Setup using the CX Programmer For de tails on the System Setup refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup With differ ent segments nodes with different network IDs can also be registered IP address bd IP address table 18 153 214 0 62 FINS node number 20 153 214 0 129 IP address 23 153 218 51 8 Characteristics of IP Address Table Method The IP address table method provides a simple correspondence table so it has the advantage of allowing FINS node numbers and IP address to be freely allo cated It does however have the following restrictions 21 Overview of Startup Procedure Section 3 2 Combined Method 1 2 3 1 2 Not more than 32 pairs of node number and IP addresses can be registered in the IP address table so that limits the number of nodes including the local node to 32 The correspondences must be preset or the remote FINS node numbers will not be recognized The combined method incorporates both the automatic generation method and the IP address table method It first refers to the IP address table and if there is an applicable FINS address it reads the corresponding IP address If there is no applicable FINS address it uses the automatic generation method to calculate an IP address FINS node number IP address table
101. periodic mail Selected Error log information included in periodic mail CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 Periodic Mail for Status Information Specify whether or not status information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent periodically Not selected Default Status information not included in periodic mail Selected Status information included in periodic mail User created Mail Data Specify by area classification and beginning word address the CPU Unit s Address memory address for the data user created information to be transmitted when data is sent by user request The default setting is for no address to be set Local Mail Address In 50 or fewer characters specify the mail address to be entered in the From field in the mail Destination Mail Address In 50 or fewer characters specify the address to which the mail is to be sent SMTP Server Address Specify the IP address of the mail server i e the SMTP server address The setting range is 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 The default is 0 0 0 0 nothing set 49 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 4 3 CIO Area Allocations The various kinds of data are stored in the offset positions shown in the following diagram from the beginning word in the area for each Unit 50 n 21 n 22 n 23 n 24 n 25 The beginning word n is calculated by the following equation Beginning word n CIO 1500 25 x unit number 15 8 7 0 Dat
102. protocols as the Ethernet Unit can form nodes on the network Note Ethernet is a trademark of the Xerox Corporation UNIX is a registered trademark of USL Please read this manual and all related manuals listed in the following table carefully and be sure you understand the information provided before attempting to install and operate an Ethernet Unit SYSMAC CS1 series CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit Operation Manual W343 E1 1 Contents Describes the installation and operation of CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit Refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual for information on setting the CPU Bus Unit Setup for the Ethernet Unit Refer to the CS1G H CP E Programmable Controllers Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 for information on FINS commands that can be addressed to CS1 series CPU Units This manual SYSMAC CS1 series CS1G H CPULIL E Programmable Controllers Operation Manual W339 E1 1 Describes the installation and operation of the CS1 series PCs SYSMAC CS1 series CS1G H CPULTLT E Programmable Controllers Programming Manual W340 E1 1 Describes the ladder diagram programming instructions supported by CS1 series PCs SYSMAC CS1 series C200H PRO27 E CQM1 PROO1 E Programming Consoles Operation Manual Provides information on how to program and operate CS1 series PCs using a Programming Console SYSMAC CS1 series CS1G H CPU E CS1W SCB2
103. receive data must be made before the remaining data Data B is received Source data Note Cautions when Using UDP 1 2 3 90 thernet Unit Receiving Node Receiving Computer l 4 First receive request 1 984bytes 1 024 bytes y Data A E 4 Data A Data A i Te eae Only first Data B i 1 024 bytes 960 bytes 5 Second receive request i 1 984 bytes 2 Data separated 3 Data A and DataB Data B Data B sent consecutively Remaining 960 bytes When using TCP protocol the fragmented data is passed to the user program Therefore the receiving user program must be able to evaluate the end of the data transmission and repeatedly send receive requests until all data has been received The receive request is sent twice in the example shown above but the data would be even more fragmented if a router was included in the communica tions path and the number of receive requests would need to be increased ac cordingly When making the receive request it is not necessary to specify the same data length as the sent data length For example if the length setting is shorter than the actual length of the data all the data can be received by repeating the re ceive requests If communications are with a different segment and data is sent via the TCP p
104. results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified Destination IP Address The IP address of the node to which data is being sent Command 201 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Destination UDP Port The UDP port number of the node to which data is being sent Number Command Number of Bytes Sent The number of bytes in the data sent by this command Up to 1 984 bytes can be Command Results specified or up to 1 472 bytes can be specified if the broadcast address is speci Storage Area fied as the send destination The results storage area stores the actual number of bytes sent Send Data Command Specifies the data sent to the remote node Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small The number of bytes sent does not match the sent data length UDP socket number or number of bytes sent is out of range The destination IP address is O Local UDP port number is O The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area Specified socket is currently sending The specified socket is not open High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes Normal Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high reception load ENO
105. returns a normal response to the PING command then the nodes are physically connected correctly and Ethernet node settings are cor rect PC Remote Node host computer or Ethernet Unit t TCP UDP gt 3 o ICMP E ej IP Ethernet Echo request Echo response The Ethernet Unit automatically returns the echo response packet in response to an echo request packet sent by another node host computer or other Ether net Unit An echo request packet can be sent to another node by issuing the FINS command to execute the PING command from the PC Refer to page 211 for details on the PING command 9 2 2 Host Computer Method 164 The PING command can be executed from the host computer to send an echo request packet to an Ethernet Unit The method for using the PING command from a UNIX computer is given next Input the following at the host computer prompt ping P adaress host name Internode Test Section 9 3 Note Application Examples Normal Execution Abnormal Execution The destination is specified by its IP address or host name If the host name is used the host name must be defined in file etc hosts The PING command is not supported by some host computers These examples show sending the PING command to the node at IP address 130 25 36 8 The on the example screen represents the host computer prompt User inp
106. s I O Memory Refer to Mail Send Switch in 2 2 CIO Area Allocations Not selected Default Error log information not included in user mail Selected Error log information included in user mail Status in User Mail Specify whether or not status information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent by turning ON the Mail Send Switch in the CPU Unit s I O Memory Refer to Mail Send Switch in 2 2 CIO Area Allocations Not selected Default Status information not included in user mail Selected Status information included in user mail Sending Mail for Errors Specify whether or not mail is to be sent to a preset mail address whenever an error is registered in the error log The following types of data can be specified to be sent as mail User Data Refer to Sending User Data for Errors below e Error Log Information Refer to Sending Error Log Information for Errors below e Status Information Refer to Sending Status Information for Errors below If none of these types of data is selected mail will not be sent even if the setting is made for mail to be sent whenever an error is registered Not selected Default Mail not sent when error is registered in error log Selected Mail not sent when error is registered in error log Sending User Data for Errors Specify whether or not user data is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent whenever an error is registered to the error log Not
107. see note Received ICMP data EHOSTDOWN 0051 see note Received ICMP data EHOSTUNREACH Router incorrectly set 0053 A communications error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT 0066 Internal memory cannot be allocated cannot execute service 0080 A receive request timeout error occurred 0081 Socket was closed while receiving Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 208 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 16 TCP SEND REQUEST Requests that data be received at a TCP socket Command Block E 1 984 bytes max Command TCP Results storage Number of Data sent m code socket area bytes sent number Response Block re Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response Number of code bytes sent Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to send the data specified as 1 byte between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte Command specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified Number of Bytes Sent The number of bytes in the data sent specified between 1 and 1 984 The resul
108. segment was sent or received within the time set on the hold timer The number of times the hold packet is resent Always O The number of times the hold packet is sent without response before the connection is cut off 2 Send Information 40 Bytes Ten information items are returned in the following sequence 1 CON OOF C I 9 10 The total number of packets sent The number of data packets sent The number of data bytes sent The number of data packets resent The number of data bytes resent The number of ACK packets sent The number of window probes 1 octet of data sent The number of emergency data packets sent Always 0 The number of window advertisement packets sent The number of control packets SYN FIN RST sent 3 Receive Information Twenty one information items are returned in the following sequence Oo A OUO n 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 The total number of packets received The number of packets received continuously The number of bytes received continuously The number of received packets discarded due to an incorrect checksum The number of packets discarded because the TCP header was smaller than the minimum size for a TCP header or was larger than the IP packet The number of packets discarded because the TCP header and IP header could not be stored in the first short buffer The number of resent packets received Th
109. set to D04020 0FB4ge UDP socket number used Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D04010 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST response 2702H eode UDP RECEIVE REQUEST results storage area D04020 Re S IP Source No of sponse EA port bytes to Receive data 100 bytes 0064hex number receive 135 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 CIO Area 136 The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15108 3 2 1 0 UDP UDP UDP UDP CIO 0000 Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit UDP UDP UDP UDP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag UDP UDP UDP UDP CIO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Programming Example 000000 000100 000200 RSET 000200 000100 000000 000200 A20200 000000 000200 A020200 150100 eH 150114 D01020 0000 000000 000200 A020200 150100 eH 000000 000001 000101 000201 RSET 000201 000101 000001 000201 A
110. the latest test results is stored Description Normal Timeout error Response response code error Send error Data not matched Routing table error see note Send parameter error see note Note The internode test does not count errors when a routing table error or send pa rameter error has occurred Error Flags The bits corresponding to errors are turned ON if errors occur The flag status is maintained until the internode test is run again Number of Test Runs and Errors The number of test runs and total errors from the time the test is started until it is stopped is stored The configuration of this area is shown in the following table Each result is stored at a word relative to the first word the address of which can be calculated using the following formula Word D03000 100 x unit number 4 to 8 Offset Contents Number of internode test runs Number of timeout errors Number of response errors Number of send errors Number of times data did not match 167 Internode Test Section 9 3 Note 1 The contents of the test status area and test runs errors area are maintained until the internode test is run again 2 When the number of tests counts to the maximum value FFFF subse quent internode test runs are counted from 0 However the maximum value is maintained and further errors are not counted when the number of errors reaches the maximum value
111. 1 41 CS1W SCU21 Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 E1 1 Describes the C series Host Link and FINS communications commands used with CS1 series PCs SYSMAC WS02 CXPLILI E CX Programmer Operation Manual Provides information on how to use the CX Programmer a programming device that supports the CS1 series PCs SYSMAC CS1 series CS1W SCB21 41 CS1W SCU21 Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Unit Operation Manual W336 E1 1 Describes the use of Serial Communications Unit and Boards to perform serial communications with external devices including the usage of standard system protocols for OMRON products SYSMAC WS02 PSTC1 E CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 E1 1 Describes the use of the CX Protocol to create protocol macros as communications sequences to communicate with external devices NWARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in personal injury or death damage to the product or product failure Please read each section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given xi xii About this Manual Continued This manual contains the following sections Section 1 introduces the overall structure of an Ethernet network outlines the features of the Ethernet Unit descr
112. 10 1 Troubleshooting with Indicators The indicators on the Ethernet Unit can be used to troubleshoot some error The probable cause and correction for errors that can be determined from the RUN ERC and ERH indicators are listed in the following table Probably cause Power is not being supplied to the CPU Unit or the power supply voltage is too low Correction Supply power Make sure that the correct voltage is being supplied The Ethernet Unit is faulty Replace the Ethernet Unit The CPU Unit or Backplane is faulty Replace the CPU Unit or the Backplane The mounting screws on the Ethernet Unit are loose Tighten the mounting screws to the specified torque Not lit Not lit The unit number on the Ethernet Unit is not set correctly on the rotary switch Correct the unit number setting The I O tables are not registered in the CPU Unit Register the I O tables The same unit number is being used on another Unit as well Correct the unit number The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit There is a mistake in the CPU Bus Unit Setup or routing tables Read the error history and correct the data that is causing the error If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Memory in the CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the
113. 20200 AAA 000001 000201 A020200 150103 eH 150114 D01050 0000 000001 000201 A020200 150103 UDP Open When the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP OPEN REQUEST com mand is sent using CMND 490 D01000 First command word D01010 First response word D00000 First control data word The UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Open ing Flag CIO 150100 turns OFF while the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF UDP Close When the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to ini tialize processing When the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON th
114. 3 RSET 000203 000103 000003 000003 000203 A020200 000003 000203 A020200 IL H 1 150101 150114 000003 000203 A20200 HH 150101 RSET 000003 END 001 132 TCP Send When the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize processing When the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a TCP SEND REQUEST com mand is sent using CMND 490 D02000 First command word D03000 First response word D00020 First control data word The TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Sending Flag CIO 150902 turns OFF while the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D03010 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF TCP Receive When the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 00020
115. 3 is turned ON to initialize processing When the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a TCP RECEIVE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D04000 First command word D04010 First response word D00030 First control data word The TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Re ceiving Flag CIO 150901 turns OFF while the TCP Re ceiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D04020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 6 UDP IP Communications Programming Example The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using UDP IP communications System Configuration The system configuration for the program example and the Ethernet Unit system setup are shown below Host computer Ethernet Unit PC IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 FINS n
116. 4 13 12 131 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ARS t Opening Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag TCP UDP Open Flag Closing Fl osing Flag Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation by Opening Flag Turns ON when an open request is received Turns OFF when open processing has been completed Receiving Flag Turns ON when a receive request is received Turns OFF when receive processing has been completed Sending Flag Turns ON when a send request is received Turns OFF when send processing has been completed Closing Flag Turns ON when an close request is received Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Socket Open Flag Turns ON when open processing has been completed i e when a connection is made Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Will remain OFF when open processing ends in an error Note The TCP socket connection status is also provided as codes in the following words of the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the 105 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 DM Area D30000 100 x unit number 9 to 16 Refer to TCP Socket Con nection Status on page 58 and to Appendix D TCP Status Transitions for details 6 2 5 Application Procedure Procedure 106 1 Set the socket service parameters in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area m D30000
117. 4 3 2 1 0 m 7 Number of transmission errors 0000 to FFFFHex Number of Times Internode Test Data Did Not Match Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 8 Number of data disagreement errors 0000 to FFFF TCP Socket No 1 to 8 Connection Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 9 to m 16 NH L TCP connection status Mail Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 m 17 AE o vv User mail status Periodic mail status Error log mail status 243 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Socket Services Parameter Area 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Offset Socket Socket No 1 No 8 15 14 13 12 431 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 m 18 m 88 UDP TCP socket number 1 to 8 1 m 19 m 89 Local UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 m 20 m 90 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex m 21 m 91 44 m 22 m 92 Remote UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 5 m 23 m 93 Number of send receive bytes 0000 to 07CO Hex 1984 6 m 24 m 94 Send receive data address m 25 m 95 Same as FINS variable area designation method 8 m 26 m 96 Timeout value 0000 to FFFF Hex 9 m 27 m 97 Response code IP Address Display Area 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 98 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 m 99 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 244 The set values o
118. 500 bytes oon see note see note 2 2 Network memory 196K bytes Communications controller O Network 233 Buffer Configuration Appendix C Network Memory Most of the buffers used for communications servicing by the Ethernet Unit are administered in a buffer configura tion called network memory Network memory consists of 196K bytes of memory divided into short and long buff ers The use of short and long buffers is determined by the status of the various services when the Ethernet Unit is running The capacity of all buffers cannot be used due to limits in the mounted memory capacity The status of the short and long buffers can be accessed by execution the FINS command MEMORY STATUS READ 2763 Note 1 The status of UDP and TCP socket reception request buffers can be accessed by executing the FINS command SOCKET STATUS READ 2764 2 The status of UDP and TCP socket send request buffers can be accessed by executing the FINS com mand SOCKET STATUS READ 2764 234 Appendix D TCP Status Transitions The TCP socket status can be confirmed using the socket status data returned for the FINS command SOCKET STATUS READ 2764 CLOSER ACTIVE OPEN snd SYN Passive OPEN LISTEN rev SYN snd SYN ACK SYN rev SYN RECEIVED snd ACK rev ACK of SYN rev SYN ACK snd ACK CLOSE snd FIN ESTABLISHED CLOSE rc
119. 7 8 9 D04000 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST command data 2712H 0001H 820FH B400H 0064H 0000H Timeout value Not set No of bytes to receive 100 bytes 0064hex Results storage area Set to D04020 OFB4nhex TCP socket number Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D04010 TCP RECENE REQUEST response 2712H e D04020 d ee REQUEST results storage area ee es d Receive data 100 bytes 0064hex 129 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 CIO Area 130 The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15108 3 2 1 0 TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0000 Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Programming Example 000000 000100 000200 RSET 000200 000100 000000 000200 A20200 PA HA 000000 000200 A20200
120. 8 The directory must be empty to delete it Fatal error FINS error 0 x 1101 Fatal error FINS error 0 x 1103 A parameter error has occurred File or directory already exists File or directory already exists FINS error 0 x 2107 The specified file or directory name already exists File or directory name illegal File or directory name illegal FINS error 0 x 110C The file or directory name is incorrect File read error FINS error 0 x 1104 An error occurs when reading the file File read error FINS error O x 110B File write error FINS error 0 x 2106 File write error FINS error 0 x 2107 An error occurs when reading the file FINS error MRES 0 x XX SRES 0 x XX Some other FINS error has occurred Length of directory name too long The path name of the directory is too long No space to create entry FINS error 0 x 2103 There are too many files to create a new one No such device FINS error 0 x 2301 The file device cannot be found No such file or directory No such file or directory FINS error 0 x 2006 No such file or directory FINS error 0 x 2106 The specified file or directory does not exist No enough memory The communications buffers are full Not enough space in the system FINS error 1104 The file device is full PLC communication error timeout File access timed out
121. 8 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Settings The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light and CPU operation will stop 0 Normal 1 Error 237 Auxiliary Area Data Word s A41000 to A41015 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Number Duplication Flags Function The Duplication Error Flag A40113 and the corresponding flag in A410 will be turned ON when a CS1 CPU Bus Unit s unit number has been duplicated Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light and CPU operation will stop Appendix E Settings 0 No duplication 1 Duplication A41700 to A41715 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Error Unit Number Flags When an error occurs in a data exchange between the CPU Unit and a CS1 CPU Bus Unit the CS1 CPU Bus Unit Error Flag 440207 and the corresponding flag in A417 are turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue 0 No error 1 Error A42700 to A42715 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags Read Write Bits 238 A50100 to A50115 CPU Bus Unit Restart Bits When a CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error occurs A40203 and the corresponding flag in A27 are turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue Descri
122. 90 Make the settings shown below when using the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions in the user s ladder diagram program in the PC The SEND 090 instruction sends the data in n number of words starting from the beginning word S at the local node to the words starting from the beginning word D at the remote destination node node number N SEND 90 SY S Local node beginning word D D Destination beginning word C First word of control data below Local node Destination node number N Number of words n 66 Number of retries Number of words n 0 to F Hex 0 to 15 retries 0001 to 03DE Hex 1 to 990 words Communications port number 0 to 7 15 n 87 0 caf o fof Response 1 0 Required Destination network number 1 Not required Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 15 n 87 0 ines i Destination unit address L Response monitor time 0000 Hex 2s 00 Hex CPU Unit 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in 10 to 1F Hex Unit 0 to 15 units of 1 s E1 Hex Unit connected to network FE Hex Unit connected to network Destination node number N 00 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 The same data can be broadcast to all nodes on the network by setting the destination node number to FF Hex The range of node addresses is different for networks other than Ethernet Note The message service does not guarantee that a message will r
123. BUFS The send destination IP address is a broadcast address and the number of bytes sent exceeds 1 472 EMSGSIZE Incorrect network number Incorrect destination IP address EADDRNOTAVAIL Incorrect destination IP address ENETUNREACH No network number in IP router table Router incorrectly set Router incorrectly specified Incorrect destination IP address EHOSTUNREACH 202 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 12 UDP CLOSE REQUEST Requests processing to close a socket Command Block XT Command UDP Results storage area code Socket number Response Block mum Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response code Parameters UDP Socket Number The UDP socket number to be closed specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte Command specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small UDP socket number is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range
124. CHO TEST Runs the echo test between specified nodes 08 01 1 998 bytes max Command Test data code 08 01 1 998 bytes max Command Response Test data code code This command specifies the data to be sent to the specified nodes Up to 1 998 bytes can be specified The response sends back data identical to the data spe cified in the command An abnormality is assumed if the data returned in the re sponse differs from the test data sent The test destination node is the destination node specified in the CMND 194 instruction operands Always specify the unit address of the Ethernet Unit in the CMND 194 instruc tion 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 1002 Command too small No test data Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 5 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ Reads the results number of times data received of the broadcast test Command Block dip ang Command code Response Block T Command Response Times code code received Parameters Times Received Response The number of times the data has been received normally during the broadcast send test is returned as a hexadecimal number The number of times received is cleared each time the result is read Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 11 3 6 BROADCAST DATA SEND Sends test data simultaneously to all nodes on the network
125. CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Not lit Not lit The node address is set outside the correct range on the rotary switches Set the node number to between 01 and 7F Hex The Ethernet Unit is faulty Restart the PC If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit Lit An error occurred in EEPROM Restart the PC If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit 170 Flashing The IP address is set incorrectly on the rotary switches on the back of the Unit Correct the IP address Do not set any of the following IP addresses Host IDs that are all 0 or all 1 Network IDs that are all 0 or all 1 e Subnetwork IDs that are all 1 e Addresses beginning with 127 7F Hex The node number set on the rotary switch on the front of the Unit does not agree with the host ID in the IP address This probably can occur when the address conversion method is set for automatic address generation Make sure that the node number and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 Change the address conversion method Error Log Section 10 3 10 2 Error Status The Ethernet Unit will output error status to the following word in the CIO Area of the CPU Unit This information can be used in troubleshooting errors Word CIO 1500 25 x unit number 18 15 14 13 12 11 10 zs 7 200 RE ry ry 4 Transceiver echo test error
126. CX Programmer This step is required only if FINS communications are used or if CMND 490 is used by a PC with multiple Communications Units mounted to it Refer to 3 8 Creating Routing Tables Unit Components Section 3 3 10 Make the settings in the System Setup using the CX Programmer Create the IP address table and IP router table Refer to 3 9 System Setup 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table and 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table This step is required only in the following cases e When using a method other than automatic generation for IP address con version Address conversion method IP address table e When using the mail notification function e When setting a subnet mask e When setting an FTP login name and password e When Ethernet is configured in multiple segments IP router table e When Ethernet 4 28 is used broadcast settings e When the UDP port number for FINS is changed to something other than the default setting 9600 11 Check communications Use PING command and an internode test Refer to 3 12 Checking Communications 3 3 Unit Components This section explains the Ethernet Unit s components settings and LED indica tors For details regarding the settings refer to the individual explanations later in this section 3 3 1 Nomenclature Front Back Indicators INO CS Display the operating status RN es of the Unit Eu Local IP Address Switches 15 Used to set the Ethernet U
127. Communications perform operations with a host computer with the FINS gateway func tion enabled other than sending or receiving data for example reading or writing files or changing the operating mode To communicate with a non OMRON PC By manipulating a Socket services dedicated control control switch manipulation switch To communicate with an OMRON PC within the socket services system Refer to Section 6 Socket Services By using CMND 490 Socket services CMND 490 To communicate with a host computer with the FINS gateway function disabled To designate from the host computer a file transfer between the PC and the host computer Refer to FTP server Section 7 FTP Server To send e mail from the PC 7 Refer to Section 8 Mail to the mail server by any of r Mail Service the required conditions 14 Socket Services Section 2 3 2 2 FINS Communications FINS commands can be sent to or received from other PCs or computers on the same Ethernet network by executing SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 instructions in the ladder diagram program This enables control operations such as the reading and writing of l O memory between PCs mode changes and file memory operations When a FINS message is sent on an Ethernet net work a UDP IP header is a
128. D Command Block Response Block Parameters Number of Records Command Response Maximum Number of Stored Records Response Number of Stored Records Response IP Router Table Records Response Precautions Response Codes 214 Reads the IP router table 27 61 Command Number of code records 27 601 8 bytes 8 bytes Command Response Maximum Number Number IP router table records code code number of stored of records of stored records records The number of records to read is specified between 0000 and 0008 0 to 8 deci mal in the command If this value is set to 0 the number of stored records will be returned but the IP router table records will not be returned The response re turns the actual number of records read The maximum number of records that can be stored in the IP router table is re turned The maximum number of stored records is fixed at 0008 8 records The number of IP router table records stored at the time the command is executed is returned The number of IP router table records specified in the number of records param eter is returned The total number of bytes in the IP router table records is calcu lated as the number of records x 8 bytes record The configuration of the 8 bytes of data in each record is shown below 1 8 bytes IP address Router IP address IP Address The
129. DM area allocated to the Ethernet Unit The test parameters become effective immediately after they are set It is not necessary to reboot or restart the PC The software switches are stored at offsets from the first word calculated with the formula first word D03000 100 x unit number Offset Contents Bits 8 to 15 Bits 0 to 7 Remote network address Remote node number Number of send bytes Response monitor time The parameter setting ranges are given in the following table Parameter Range Remote network address 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 decimal Remote node number 01 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 decimal Number of send bytes 0000 Hex specifies the max length of 1 996 bytes 0001 to 07CC Hex 1 to 1996 decimal Response monitor time 0000 Hex specifies 2 s Unit 10 ms 0001 to FFFF Hex 1 to 65535 decimal 1 The following limits apply to the number of bytes sent when running the test through a SYSMAC NET or SYSMAC LINK network SYSMAC NET 1 986 bytes SYSMAC LINK 512 bytes 2 Broadcast transmissions target node address FF cannot be used for the internode test 3 A timeout error will occur if no response is received within the set response monitor time Starting and Stopping the Internode Test 166 Bit 01 of the first word in the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area is used as the Internode Test Start Switch Turn ON bit 01 to start the int
130. Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to high temperatures or high humidity Terminator Installation Precautions e You must attach a Terminator to each end of the coaxial cable for communications to be possible e Insulate Terminators when attaching them to be sure they do not come into contact with metal objects 223 Network Installation Appendix A Transceiver Installation Precautions e Transceivers can be attached to coaxial cables only at intervals of 2 5 m These locations should be marked on the cable e Connection methods can vary with the manufacturer of the cable Follow all recommendations and specifica tions of the manufacturer Mount the transceiver onto an insulating object such as a wooden board e Ground the transceiver through the shield of the transceiver cable and through the Ethernet Unit Do not install transceivers near sources of noise e Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to excessive dirt dust oil mist etc Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to high temperatures or high humidity Transceiver Cable Installation Precautions Make sure that the transceiver cable is firmly and completely connected to both the transceiver and the Ethernet Unit Be sure that the slide latches are engaged Do not install transceiver cables together with power cables Do not install transceiver cable near sources of noise Do not install transceiver cable in envir
131. Ethernet Units 189 11 1 Command Codes and Response Codes 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee ee 190 11 2 Socket Applications si nereis ei Hak ER See riy S ee Cs CREE US 191 11 3 Command Response Reference 0 0 ccc cece ee 193 TABLE OF CONTENTS Appendices A Network Installation Jim ERIS ECRANS Re edo B Ethernet Network Parameters ccc cece nett as C Buffer Configuration sass uil de ase RS ee eS RE E Ce RR due D TCP Status Transitions vo Nim ALS V VIC REA V E n tens We E Auxiliary Area Data zoas vede EROR RE ren ee ES e ee x ADR eS F CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit oooooooooooooooromoooo o o Gr ASCII Characters 10 x vox DA A EL NOCERE SUC eM EH Dimensions soe a e ne Opec ipo eec b e panis L Maintenance uev eset iets sled osha el nU A te IU RE tILiepae Dt Y Inspections 5 vtr Deis EE AES TON 4 5 diet oS A S eee Rw ek eS OSA we es Revision History 25222 eae eae ease eee 223 231 233 235 237 239 245 247 249 251 253 259 ix About this Manual This manual describes the installation and operation of the SYSMAC CS1 series CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet System and includes the sections described on the next page An Ethernet Unit is classified and treated as a CPU Bus Unit in PC processing This manual is based on Ethernet networks comprised of Ethernet Unit nodes and UNIX host computer nodes Although details can vary theoretically any device supporting the same Ethernet
132. FF D30027 0000 000003 000203 151904 6 2 9 UDP IP Communications Programming Example The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using UDP IP communications System Configuration The programming example uses the following system configuration Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 Basic Operations e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit 114 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Program Memory Map CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D01000 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Hesponse Codes for information on errors The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagram DM Area D00000 D00049 D01000 Receive data 100 bytes 100 0064 Hex D01049 CIO Area The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the b
133. FF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Pa rameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF UDP Receive When the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing 117 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000003 000203 a D30018 D30023 D30025 0000 D30026 151904 RSET 000203 000103 000003 000203 HA 000003 000203 151904 D30027 0000 000003 000203 151904 RSET 000003 118 When the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8203 E800 Hex Send receive data address D01000 D30026 0000 Hex No timeout time After the parameter has been set the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 is turned ON and the UDP Receiv ing Flag CIO 000203 is turned OFF If the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 turns OFF while the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF
134. H 0000H 0032H E Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 8 bytes 127 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 128 1 2 3 4 5 6 D00020 CMND 490 control data for TCP SEND REQUEST 006EH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 110 006Ehex bytes Command format 10 bytes 100 bytes send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 D00030 CMND 490 control data for T 000CH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H CP RECEIVE REQUEST 0032H Number of bytes received specified in command data Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 12 bytes 000Chex 0 1 2 3 4 5 D01000 TCP PASSIVE OPEN 2710H 0001H 8203H FCOOH REQUE 1000H ST command data 0000H C424H 2037H 0000H Remote node Not specified L__ Host computer IP address 196 36 32 55 r C4 x 24hex 20hex 37hex Timeout value Not set Local port number set to 4096 1000hex Results storage area set to D01020 03FChex Refer to page 192 for details on the results storage area Command code TCP socket number CS1 Ethernet Unit socket number set to 1
135. Host computer or other device CPU Unit Socket Service Request Switches Ethernet Unit TCP data transfers System User program UDP data transfers Refreshed See Note 1 E Socket Service Parameters Refreshed See Note 2 Note 1 Socket Service Request Switches in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are used to send a service request from the CPU Unit to the Ethernet Unit 2 The Socket Service Parameters in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area are used to specify the service being requested from the Ethernet Unit The CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area is also used to receive results of process ing from the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit 94 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 After setting the required parameters in a Socket Service Parameter Area in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area the Socket Service Request Switches can be used to request opening sending receiving or closing for either the UDP or TCP protocol When requesting a send send data at the send receive data ad dresses set in the parameter area is sent When requesting a reception data is received to the send receive data addresses set in the parameter area 6 2 1 Socket Service Parameters The Socket Service Parameter Areas in which parameters are set to request socket services is in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area of the CPU Unit The Socket Service Par
136. L 6 2 6 Socket Services and Socket Status When using socket services it is important to consider the timing of the status changes in the Socket Status Area The diagram below shows a flowchart for opening UDP 107 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 The flow is similar for other socket services Replace the names of the appropri ate flags in the flowchart to adapt it to other socket services Start UDP Open Error Evaluation The specified UDP socket is already open Program Flow Check Socket Open Flag Is Bit 15 Open Flag in the socket status word for YES the socket being used OFF Checks to see if the socket is open before com munications and close processing Turn ON UDP Open Request Switch This Socket Service Request Switch is used to request opening of a UDP socket to the Ethernet Unit ON OFF OFF Confirm end of processing This Socket Service Request Switch that was turned ON will be turned OFF by the Ethernet Unit when processing has been completed Check response code Is the response code 0000 indicating a normal end An error occurred The specified socket could not be opened UDP socket opened 6 2 7 Timing Charts The timing of flags for socket services Opening Receiving Sending or Closing Flag when the Request Switches are used and the changes in the response code are shown in the foll
137. No 7 connection status Closed TCP Socket ion status Closed Number Information Total number of receive packets 123 456 Total number of receive errors Total number of send packets 234 567 Total number of send errors E 0 Total number of send collisions 0 Header The following header information is attached e Subject OMRON SYSMAC CS1 Ethernet Unit Mail Service e Content Type text plain charset US ASCII Content Transfer Encoding 7 bit Ethernet Unit Information The following Ethernet Unit information is always attached to the mail e Model e Version 157 Overview of Mail Function Section 8 1 e IP address decimal notation e Subnet mask decimal notation e ID address conversion method Optional Information The optional information that can be sent is shown in the following table Differ ent information can be selected with each mail trigger and it is also possible to make multiple selections The selections are specified in the CPU Bus Unit Sys tem Setup If not even one is selected however no e mail will be sent even when the trigger condition is met Item Contents User created information User created information is data set by the user in ASCII in the CPU Unit s memory A maximum of 1 024 bytes of data is sent from the user created information address set in the CPU Bus Unit Area If there is a null code 00 Hex in the data however only the data up to that point will be sent The data set by the user
138. Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area Specified socket is not open High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 5000 203 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 13 PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST Requests processing to open a TCP socket The socket will wait to be connected to another node Command Block 27 10 Command TCP Results storage area Local Timeout Remote IP Remote TCP code Socket TCP value address port number number port number Response Block 27 10 Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response Remote IP Remote port code address number Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to be opened specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte Command specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified Local TCP Port Number The TCP port number for communications with the socket is specified as 2 bytes Command Results 0 cannot be specified Do not specify the port number of the FTP server port Storage Area 821 Timeout
139. P Port No Remote IP Address Specify the number of the UDP or TCP port for the socket to use for communica tions Do not specify the port being used as the FINS UDP port default 9600 in an open request for a UDP socket Do not specify FTP server TCP port numbers 20 and 21 in an open request for a TCP port Do not specify mail communications TCP port number 25 e As a rule use port numbers 1 024 and higher If port number 0 is specified when for an active TCP open the TCP port number will be automatically allocated and the number of the port that was opened will be stored in the local UDP TCP port number in the Socket Service Parameter Area i e the actual port number will be overwritten on the value of 0 set by the user Specify the IP address of the remote device e This parameter is not used when making a receive request for a UDP socket The remote IP address will be stored with the response data and will be written as the Remote IP Address in the Socket Service Parameter Area e When opening a passive TCP socket the combination of the remote IP ad dress and the remote TCP port number can be used to affect processing as shown in the following table Remote IP Remote TCP Processing Address Port No All connection requests accepted Connection requests accepted only for the same port number Connection requests accepted only for the same IP address Connection requests accepted only for the
140. Request Switch CIO 151901 is turned ON and the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned OFF If the TCP Passive Open Request Switch CIO 151901 turns OFF while the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF TCP Close When the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to initialize proces sing 000001 000201 F When the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the following parameter is written to the parameter area for Socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 0900011000201 After the parameter has been set the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 is turned ON and the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned OFF If the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 turns OFF while the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000201 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Pa rameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF 112 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches
141. S node numbers when using FINS communications This table is ignored if the IP address conversion method is set to automatic generation only The IP address table cannot be edited It is configured as follows by the CX Program mer FINS node number IP address 11 150 31 2 83 23 150 31 6 68 Setting range 1 to 126 Setting range 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Up to 32 records can be registered The default is for nothing to be set For an explanation of how to make the settings refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 45 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 IP Router Table The IP router table sets how the Ethernet Unit communicates via the IP router with nodes on other IP network segments This table cannot be edited when the FINS node number IP address automatic generation method is used for address conversion Network number Network number 130 25 36 253 130 26 2 254 Node A Node B IP router The IP router table is configured by the CX Programmer as shown below For the IP network number set the network number of the other IP network segment that is to be communicated with The length of the network number varies de pending on the IP address class Four bytes are provided in the field for setting the IP network number so set the network from the beginning and then set 00 in the remainder Settings The following settings are for node
142. SECTION 7 FTP SEVERA 159 Jl OVerVieW ii A a UE CU ERE RR 140 7 2 Setting Login Names and Passwords lleeleeeee eee 141 7 3 Using File Memory one Im ii Mite ate dda HERO DG da 141 7 4 FTP Server Application Example lsseeeeeee ee 145 1 3 Using ETP Commands ia haste baie ere Gia ERO ee ee Seas ENS 146 7 6 UNIX Application Example 00 0 0 ee ccc eee eee eee 152 SECTION 8 Mi IAEA e eR RU LEE ASS 8 1 Overview of Mail Function 156 8 2 Sending Mail oas ies e b e EG ee ME Ee OH GRE RR Ret 160 8 3 Mail Examples cest edad Ged cue ates thet Bg ORs 4 Selb anes ay She pao 160 SECTION 9 Testing Communications 163 9 1 Communications Testing Functions 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 164 9 2 PING Commands ihe eet bes Boe eR ee To aks CA E te Bets 164 9 3 Internode Testei eoo dae a Ae ee dre ee ee 165 SECTION 10 Troubleshooting ooooooooooooooooooooo 169 10 1 Troubleshooting with Indicators sseeeeeeee RA 170 10 22 Error Status ic oS IA Poe RENS ERR APUbUE PRSE PE 171 10 3 Error Log coi RR AER eel eee ee ES ENSE EU e Bee er 171 10 4 Error Log Error Codes eres eee ER ener ARR eee 172 10 5 Troubleshooting Procedures o oooooocococcorrr A 174 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes ssssleeee eee 184 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes 0 cece eee eee 186 SECTION 11 FINS Commands Addressed to
143. TCP UDP IP ICMP ARP c The number of short buffers used in socket structures 219 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 d The number of short buffers used as protocol control blocks e The number of short buffers used for routing tables f Not used always 0 g Not used always 0 h The number of short buffers used for IP fragment re assembly queue headers i The number of short buffers used for storing socket addresses j Not used always 0 k The number of short buffers used for storing socket options The number of short buffers used for storing access rights m The number of short buffers used for storing interface addresses 3 Long Buffer Application Two items are returned 8 bytes a The number of long buffers currently being used b The number of long buffers in the system fixed at 64 decimal 4 Not Used Always 0 4 bytes 5 Network Memory Application Two items are returned a The number of bytes used in K bytes b The percentage used 6 Memory Exhaustion Log 12 bytes Counts for the following values indicate a high load on the Ethernet Unit These high loads may be caused by problems in communications particu larly FINS communications and UDP sockets If these values are consis tently high check your applications a The number of times an attempt was made to secure a short buffer with out WAIT when there were no short buffers available b The number of times an attempt was
144. TION 3 Installation and Initial Setup This section explains how to install the Ethernet Unit and make the initial settings required for operation 371 Before Operation iicet eR ini 20 3 1 1 Automatic Address Generation 00 0 0 eee 20 3 2 Overview of Startup Procedure 0 cee cee nee e nen eee 22 3 3 Unit Components 4 5 se eee Ree Ghee rex ee cel x 23 3 3 Nomenclature s anodino RE RHEU e REDE RAUS RR 23 3 3 2 Indicators sia lp E RD URBIS PES ERR d 24 3 4 Switch SEINES ti cca teas E e ARDEN E NC ERU PER ed 25 3 4 1 Setting the Unit Number 0 0 00 IA 25 3 4 2 Setting the Node Number 0 0 0 eee eee eee 25 3 4 3 Setting the Local IP Address ssl 26 3 5 Mounting toa Backplane sseseeeeeeeee ee eens 27 3 5 1 Mounting Position 0 0 cece teens 27 3 6 Connecting to the Network 2 2 0 0 eee een ene 28 3 6 1 Ethernet Network Installation o ooooooocoocrrcoooororo eee 28 3 6 2 Ethernet Connectors sis sees co eget mex a ad 28 3 6 3 Connecting the Transceiver Cable 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 28 3 6 4 Connecting the Power Supply 0 0 0 eee eee 29 3 7 Creating an I O Table ii esc xo REE Se eed DR E Bau 32 3 7 1 TO Table OvervieW secre ee oi oe eee See ee teed He E Seed ees 32 3 7 2 Connecting Programming Devices to the PC 000 32 3 7 3 Procedure for Creating an I O Table 00 0 0 eee eee eee 32
145. Timed out for passive TCP open re quest Either the remote node is not executing an ac tive TCP open or there is a block on the net work None Closed by close command during socket servicing No action is necessarily called for 188 None Connection with remote node not achieved for passive TCP open re quest The remote IP address and TCP port number settings differ from those of the remote socket active side SECTION 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units This section describes the FINS commands that can be sent to an Ethernet Unit and the responses that are returned by the Ethernet Unit 11 1 Command Codes and Response Codes 0 00 eee eee eee 190 11 1 1 Command Code List siipi esi e repe ec cee 190 11 1 2 Response Code List oso ii Rok ec E d reU st URS 190 11 2 Socket Applications etica Me ee Web ge eet yaa es eee 191 1 251 Format 46 cee te A AA et Eg Eee e n 191 11 2 2 P Memory Ateas i sisi ses sos ee sigh as ea sete e OR RR S eU a aie teed as 192 11 3 Command Response Reference 0 0 ccc cee eee eee 193 MES RESET hs Een Set oot a ancy So lire Mea ate dne es 193 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ 0 00000 ee 193 11 3 3 CONTROLLER STATUS READ 00 00 cee eee 195 11 3 4 INTERNODE ECHO TEST 0 0 0 2 eee ee eee 196 11 3 5 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ esee eee 197 11 3 6 BROADCAST DATA SEND seeee
146. U Unit is used in the CPU Bus Units the error log will be all zeros This can occur due to CPU Unit startup error unit number errors CPU error and model number errors If the time is read out from a Programming Device the time will be shown as all zeros in the year 2000 The battery must be installed in the CPU Unit the power turned ON and then the time set before the clock in the CPU Unit can be used The time will not be set correctly in the error log unless the clock time is set correctly An error record is not created in EEPROM when a CPU Bus Unit memory error occurs 10 5 Troubleshooting Procedures The following procedures can be used to troubleshoot various problems in sys tem operation 10 5 1 Startup Problems 174 Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and start over 1 2 3 1 RUN indicator lit True Step 14 ERH indicator lit True Step 12 ERC indicator lit True Step 9 Power not supplied to CPU Unit True Make sure that sufficient power is supplied to the CPU Unit Ethernet Unit loose on Rack True Make sure that Unit is firmly mounted and tighten the mounting screws firmly T
147. UDP data may be corrupted Check your applications 7 Read protocol status using the FINS command READ PROTOCOL STA TUS 8 Are any of the first three items in the status being counted True The UDP protocol of the remote node may not be compatible with that of the Ethernet Unit Use another communications service 9 Check the remote node for transmission problems using the next proce dure If nothing is uncovered go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 10 Return to the procedure for general problems Transmission Problems 1 2 3 1 Is send processing not finishing True Return to the procedure for general problems 2 Read protocol status using the FINS command READ PROTOCOL STA TUS 3 Have any failures to reach the destination been counted in the ICMP status True The UDP socket specified by the destination UDP port number in the send parameters is not opening at the remote node 4 Read controller status using the FINS command READ CONTROLLER STATUS 5 Have any send errors occurred True 9 There may be too much traffic on the network and UDP packets may be getting corrupted Use TCP sockets or adjust the network to re duce excessive traffic 6 Check the reception status on the remote node 7 Return to the procedure for general problems 177 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 10 5 4 TCP Socket Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form
148. Unit is busy cannot execute Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket CPU Unit error cannot execute 6 2 3 Socket Service Request Switches Socket Service Request Switches are manipulated to request socket services These bits are called Socket Service Request Switches and are turned ON in the CPU Unit to request socket services through the Ethernet Unit The Socket Service Request Switches are allocated in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CPU Area starting at the the word n 19 The value of n can be calculated from the unit number as follows n 1500 25 x unit number Offset 15 8 7 0 n 19 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 2 Request Switches 1 n 20 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 4 Request Switches 3 n 21 Socket Service 1 Socket Service Request Switches 6 Request Switches 5 n 22 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 8 Request Switches 7 The configuration of each set of Socket Service Request Switches is shown in the following diagram 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 4 L UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch Send Request Switch Receive Request Switch Close Request Switch 103 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation by UDP Open UDP socket op
149. a direction Related communications services Unit Control Switch UDP Socket No 1 Status CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services Refer to Section 6 Socket Services Mail Function Refer to Section 8 Mail TCP Socket No 8 Status Service Status Error Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Socket Services Refer to Section 6 Socket Services FTP Service etc All error conditions Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 2 quest Switches 1 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 4 quest Switches 3 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 6 quest Switches 5 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 8 quest Switches 7 CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services Refer to Section 6 Socket Services Not used Not used The following items in the diagram can also be checked using the CX Program mer e The status of UDP TCP sockets 1 to 8 Opening Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag Closing Flag Results Storage Error Flag Socket Open Flag e Service status FTP status For explanations of how to use the related communications services listed in the above diagram refer to the indicated sections CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Unit Control Switches CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 n Switch Not used Status Manipula
150. a is sent from Set any desired number from 00 to FF for the SID The same number will be returned in the re sponse allowing you to match commands and responses in your application 5 4 3 Sample Program Operation Overview Settings Sample Program XO OO 1 Oy O1 iS CO PO ES 10 11 12 13 14 T5 include errno h include stdio h include sys types include sys socket include netinet in include lt signal h gt define FINS UDP POR define SERV IP ADDR define MAX MSG define RESP TIMEOUT This program reads 150 words of the PC memory beginning at D00100 by send ing an FINS command MEMORY AREA READ command code 0101 from a UNIX workstation to the PC on the Ethernet network If no response is received within two seconds of sending the FINS command the command will be resent The Ethernet Unit IP address is 196 36 32 100 and the FINS node number is 100 IP address conversion is set to automatic generation The workstation s IP address is 196 36 32 50 and its FINS node number is 50 The FINS UDP port number is 9600 default h h h T 9600 7196 36 32 100 Ethernet Unit IP ADDRESS 2010 2 FINS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM 81 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 16 Ty 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2 9 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 oY main argc argv int char argc argv int sock
151. a standard communications protocol used throughout the world and is designed to enable communications between any Ethernet nodes regardless of the networks on which they exist To achieve this network numbers are allocated by the Network Solutions InterNIC Registration Ser vices to ensure that all Ethernet networks have unique numbers regardless of where they exist The local system administrator is left the responsibility of allo cating unique host numbers locally You therefore should obtain a network num ber from the InterNIC Registration Services to ensure uniqueness and allow for future network expansions if required 1 7 3 IP Address Settings 1 7 4 Subnet Masks An IP address must be set for the Ethernet Unit before Ethernet communications can proceed The IP address is set for each Ethernet Unit by the rotary switch on the back of the Unit For more details refer to 3 4 3 Setting the Local IP Address Operation and management of a network may become very difficult if too many nodes are connected on a single network or if a single organization has to man age too many network numbers It can therefore be convenient to divide a single network up into several subnetworks by using part of the host number as a sub net number Internally the network can be treated as a number of subnetworks but from the outside it acts as a single network and uses only a single network number To establish subnetworks the host number in the IP address
152. a via socket services including FTP server and mail transfer TCP sockets If the timer setting is exceeded before arrival confirmation is received data is resent Resends are performed from the first timeout 1 s through the 12th timeout 64 s A ETIMEDOUT error will occur after the 12th timeout Continue timer Initial value 5s Maximum value 60 s The continue timer starts if preparations have been completed to send data but the send window is too small either O or too small to send the data and the remote node has not requested that communications be restarted Confirmation of the window size is requested from the remote node when the continue timer times out The initial value of the timer is 5 s and confirmation processing will continue consecutively with increasingly longer times until the maximum time of 60 s is reached 2MSL timer 60 s The 2MSL timer starts at the TCP socket that first closes the socket and will run for 60 s in the TIME WAIT status IP reassemble timer 12s A fragmented IP packet is discarded if it cannot be reassembled within 12 seconds ARP timer 20 min 3 min If a complete ARP table entry with an Ethernet address is not referred to for 20 minutes it is removed from the table An incomplete ARP table entry no response yet returned to the ARP request is removed from the table after 3 minutes Window size 4 096 bytes The initial value of the maximum capacity used to
153. a wide range of protocols via Ethernet including data communications by TCP IP and UDP IP socket services FINS command execution OMRON s standard proto col FTP file transfers and SMTP message communications The Ethernet Unit supports the standard Ethernet protocols UDP IP and TCP IP so it can communicate with other Ethernet devices workstations personal computers and Ethernet Units produced by other manufacturers It can utilize up to eight socket ports for the various protocols allowing it to be employed in a wide range of applications TCP or UDP socket services can be easily accessed either by executing the CMND 490 instruction or by presetting parameters and then manipulating dedi cated control switches in memory Presetting parameters eliminates the need for ladder programs to monitor the completion timing of instructions and socket service processing and thereby reduces the work hours involved in program de velopment The Ethernet Unit also supports FINS message communications OMRON s standard communications service so other OMRON PCs can be accessed by using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions in ladder pro grams In addition the FINS gateway function can be used to allow access to other PCs on not only the same Ethernet network but also on other networks such as Controller Link and SYSMAC Link The Ethernet Unit has a built in FTP server function so any workstation or per sonal computer with an FTP cl
154. acket is received normally The echo reply packet is automatically returned by the remote node ICMP Refer to 9 2 PING Command Normal echo reply received from the remote node Timeout error Command too large Command too small Zero destination address PING command currently being executed High traffic at Unit cannot execute service 211 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 19 IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE Command Block Response Block Parameters Number of Records Command IP Address Table Records Command Precautions Response Codes 212 Writes the IP address table 27 50 6 bytes 6 bytes Command Number of IP address code records table records 27 50 Command Response code code The number of records to write is specified between 0000 and 0020 0 to 32 deci mal in the command If this value is set to 0 the IP address table will be cleared so that no records are registered Specify the IP address table records The number of records specified must be provided The total number of bytes in the IP address table records is calculated as the number of records x 6 bytes record The configuration of the 6 bytes of data in each record is as shown in the following diagram 1 6 bytes 00 FINS node IP address number FINS Node Number Node number for communications via the FINS command
155. ail address is set correctly Is required information missing from the mail data True Correct the mail send information settings in the Setup the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send infor mation Was it impossible to obtain the required information from the mail data True Correct the following errors Correct the user generated mail address Check the user application to be sure that there is not too much traf fic at the Ethernet Unit 183 Troubleshooting with Response Codes Section 10 6 23 End 24 Check the setting of the mail send timing in the Setup The timing may not be set or may be set longer than intended 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes You can troubleshoot the errors in FINS communications from the response codes when the SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 instructions have been used For the storage areas of the response codes refer to information on page 72 The table below lists response codes main and sub codes returned after ex ecution of FINS commands the probable cause of errors and recommended remedies The response codes provided here are for the Ethernet Unit Refer to the FINS Command Reference Manual W227 or the operation manuals for the relevant Unit for further information on response codes The 6th 7th and 15th bits of the response codes have specific functions The 6th bit will be ON when a non fatal error has occurred in the PC at th
156. ake sure that the same port number is not being used simulta neously by more than one process including FTP services Sockets can remain in ESTABLISHED or some later status even if closed be sure to close ports from both sides of the connection A socket can remain open in TIME WAIT status for up to one minute on the side that closes the socket first we recommend that the ac tive side port number be set to 0 and that you close the socket from the active side If you are using the Socket Service Request Switches check the response code to see if it is 0049 Hex 6 Return to General Problems on page 178 Closing Problems Refer to General Problems on page 178 Reception Problems 1123 1 Is reception processing not finishing True Step 6 178 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 2 Is the remote node not processing to send data True Adjust the remote node to process send data 3 Read memory status using the FINS command READ MEMORY STATUS 4 s the network memory being used more than 8096 True There may be too much load on the Ethernet Unit If the memory ex haustion records show counts processing may be slow Check your applications 5 Return to the procedure for general problems 6 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0000 If you are using the Socket Service Request Switches check the response code to see if it is other than 0000 Hex True Return to the proc
157. ameter Areas are allocated as shown in the following dia grams The first word of in the DM Area allocated to the Ethernet Unit as a CPU Bus Unit is referred to as m and is computed as follows m D30000 100 x unit number m 18 Socket Service Parameter Area 1 m 27 mop Socket Service Parameter Area 2 me37 LLL ss ss su mss c DU CCo ICE Socket Service Parameter Area 8 m 97 The configuration of each of the Socket Service Parameter Areas is shown in the following diagram Offset 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 UDP TCP socket number 0001 to 0008 Hex 1 Local UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex 3 4 Remote UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 5 Number of bytes to send receive 0000 to 07CO Hex 6 Send receive data address 7 8 Timeout value 0000 to FFFF Hex 9 Response code 95 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Parameter Settings UDP Socket Services Parameter UDP TCP socket No The following table shows the parameters that are required for each service and the use of the parameters by the socket service Range theses 0001 to 0008 Hex 1 to 8 decimal values in paren Section Socket service UDP receive UDP send Local UDP TCP port No 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255
158. ansceiver Company Hirakawa Hewtech Corp MTX 210TZ Mitsubishi Cable Industries Ltd ET 10081 Transceiver cable Mitsubishi Cable Industries Ltd Transceiver cables molded type 24 VDC Power Supply OMRON S82J Series Coaxial Cable Installation Precautions Basic Precautions e As a rule always lay coaxial cables indoors Laying coaxial cables outdoors requires special measures that should be performed only by a professional If coaxial cable must be used outdoors request the work from a professional e Attach a terminator to each end of the coaxial cable Cover all exposed metal portions of the coaxial cable except ground points with protective covers or PVC tape to prevent contact with grounds or other metal objects e Ground the external shield of the coaxial cable to 100 W or less using AWG 14 wire cross sectional area of 2 mm or better and a ground cable length of 20 m or less Ground each segment of the network at one location only Do not use the same ground for other equipment e The physical properties e g minimum bending radius of coaxial cable vary with the manufacturer Follow all recommendations and specifications of the manufacturer Environmental Precautions e Do not install coaxial cables together with power cables Do not install coaxial cable near sources of noise Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to excessive dirt dust oil mist etc
159. as follows n 1500 25 x unit number 15 8 7 0 n 1 UDP Socket No 1 Status n2 UDPSocetNo 28tats n3 UDPSocetNo 38tatus n4 UDPSocketNo 4Status m5 ______ UDP SocketNo 5Status_ m6 UDPSoketNo 6 Status n7 UDP Socket No 7 Status m8 UDP Socket No 8 Status n 9 TCP Socket No 1 Status ndo oo TCP Socket No 2 Status a E TCP Socket No 3 Status n 12 TCP Socket No 4 Status n13 ocv TCP Socket No 5 Status nd4 TOP Socket No 6 Status i1 PP TCP Socket No 7 Status n 16 TCP Socket No 8 Status The flags shown in the following diagram are provided in the Socket Status Words for socket service requests made with CMND 490 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Baa Saisie L Opening Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag Results Storage Error Flag Socket Open Flag picts osing Flag Status Manipulated Unit operation by Opening Flag Turns ON when an open request is received Turns OFF when open processing has been completed Receiving Flag Turns ON when a receive request is received Turns OFF when receive processing has been completed Sending Flag Turns ON when a send request is received Turns OFF when send processing has been completed Closing Flag Turns ON when an close request is received Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Results Storage Turns ON when there is an error
160. ata files to be transferred between a client workstation or personal computer and the PC s file system Memory Card or EM Area The types of data listed below can be sent as e mail when a dedicated control switch in memory is turned ON when an error occurs or when a preset time interval elapses Any of the following types of data can be specified for transmission with any of these timing methods Refer to Section 8 Mail User created data Data at PC ASCII 1 024 bytes max Error log information 64 records e Status information A mail server must be provided separately in order to use the mail function 2 1 2 Socket Ports Used By the Ethernet Unit Port number Application Used for FINS Can be changed by CPU Bus Unit System Setup Used for FTP server function for data transfer Used for FTP server function for connection 13 Communications Functions Section 2 1 2 1 3 Selecting Communications Services Refer to the following guidelines to select the appropriate communications ser vice to use in a given situation dm To communicate with an OMRON PC To communicate with a host computer with the FINS gateway function enabled fe perform operations with an OMRON PC other than sending or receiving data for example reading or writing files or changing the operating mode DUM zem Refer to Section 5 FINS Communications FINS
161. atagram Protocol 7 put 148 pwd 148 R Racks mounting Ethernet Units 27 RD indicator 24 RECV 098 instruction 63 relay tables 34 RESET 193 response codes 98 184 FINS commands 190 troubleshooting 184 UNIX error messages 186 results storage area 191 Index routing tables creating 33 setting examples 35 RSV 80 RUN indicator 24 troubleshooting 170 S SAI 81 SA2 81 SD indicator 24 SEND 090 instruction 63 transmission delay 76 service status 53 settings switches 25 System Setup 44 shock resistance 6 SID 81 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol See SMTP communications SMTP communications 8 server address 49 SNA 81 socket services 12 13 15 applications 121 FINS communications 191 functions 86 Parameter Areas 59 parameters 106 precautions 92 Socket Service Parameter Area 94 Socket Service Request Switches 55 86 103 precautions 94 Socket Status Area 107 TCP communications 87 parameters 96 TCP sockets status 105 120 timing charts 108 124 transmission delays 92 troubleshooting 186 UDP communications 87 parameters 96 UDP sockets status 105 120 using CMND 490 86 using CMND 490 instruction 119 SOCKET STATUS READ 221 235 sockets 87 closing TCP 210 UDP 203 numbers 191 opening 88 TCP 204 206 UDP 199 port numbers 13 87 sockets continued reading status 221 receiving data TCP 207 UDP 200
162. ateways Set to 02 Hex DNA Destination Network Address Specifies the number of the network where the destination node is located 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex Destination network number 1 to 127 80 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 DA1 Destination Node Address Specifies the number of the node where the command is being sent This node number is the address used for FINS and is different from the IP ad dress used for Ethernet 00 Hex Local PC Unit 01 to 7E Hex Destination node number 1 to 126 FF Hex Broadcasting When multiple Communications Units are mounted DA1 specifies the node number of the Unit connected to the network specified by DNA DA2 Destination Unit Address Specifies the number of the Unit at the destination node 00 Hex PC CPU Unit 10 to 1F Hex CPU Bus Unit 0 to 15 16 to 31 E1 Hex Inner Board FE Hex Unit connected to network SNA Source Network Address Specifies the number of the network where the source node is located 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex Source network number 1 to 127 SA1 Source Node Address Specifies the local node number The ranges of numbers that can be speci fied are the same as for DA1 SA2 Source Node Address Specifies the number of the Unit at the source node The ranges of numbers that can be specified are the same as for DA2 SID Service ID The SID is used to identify the process that dat
163. ations Flags Communications Port Completion Codes 72 Note The execution status of the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions is always reflected by the communications flags i e the Communications Port Enabled Flag and the Communications Port Error Flag The CS1 series CPU Unit s communications flags are allocated in the Auxiliary Area as shown in the following table Flag name Address Contents Bits Communications Port 7 OFF Execution enabled Port Enabled Flag Port 6 being executed Port 5 ON Execution disabled not being executed Port 4 Port 3 Port 2 Port 1 Port 0 Communications Port 7 OFF Normal completion Port Error Flag Port 6 ON Abnormal completion Port 5 Port 4 Port 3 Port 2 Port 1 Port 0 With CS1 series PCs communications ports 0 to 7 are also used for executing the PCMR 260 PROTOCOL MACRO instruction so these flags are used in common for SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 and PCMR 260 While PCMR 260 is being executed SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 can not be executed at the same communications port The status of a SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruction after exe cution is reflected as a communications port completion code in one word two bytes of data as shown in the following table The value is 0000 during instruc tion execution The recorded status is saved until execution of the next instruc tion Word Contents Communications P
164. ber 17 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n17 ESPA L PS Status Flag L FTP Status Flag Status of bit 00 1 FTP server busy 0 FTP server free Note The FTP status can also be checked from the CX Programmer FTP Indicator The FTP indicator on the Ethernet Unit indicates FTP status as shown in the fol lowing table FiPindcator Memimg Lit FTP server busy Not lit FTP server free FTP File Transfer Time File transfers using FTP can require up to 5 or 10 minutes depending on the ca pacity of the file Approximate file transfer time are provided in the following table for reference All times are in seconds unless otherwise specified File system Memory Card EM File Memory CPU Unit status Operating mode PROGRAM PROGRAM Cycle time Transfers using 1 KB 3 put 30 KB 10 60 KB 17 120 KB 31 Transfers using 1 KB 1 get 30 KB 6 60 KB 10 120 KB 19 Note 1 The above times assume that the peripheral servicing time setting in the PC Setup is set to the default value of 4 2 If the peripheral servicing time setting in the PC Setup is increased FTP files will be transferred faster 151 UNIX Application Example Section 7 6 7 6 UNIX Application Example 152 1 2 3 connected to csl The following procedure provides an example of FTP operations from a UNIX workstation In this example the following ass
165. cautions for use of an Ethernet network 121 ESQ ULOS Mesta e RA o A A 2 1 2 System Configuration rei a e ea beeen ee 3 1 2 1 Device Configuration cssc ss nia rd a Rs 3 1 2 2 Node Connections veritat e Sie loka eb tabi RE UIS 3 1 3 Devices Required ina Network lesleeeeleeeeee e 4 1 4 Related Programming Devices 0 0 eee eee eee 5 1 5 Specifications 2 2 ccce repr SES aE I Eee E Pe e ne Eger ee 6 1 6 Software Configuration oooooorrr es 7 En IP Addresses e ts RI Oe AEG SU wR a SE BN Boal pth we 8 1 7 1 IP Address Configuration 0 0 0 eee 8 1 7 2 Allocating IP Addresses eee eee 9 1 7 3 IP Address Settings scc Sag oe Saab Re Oe ae Pa eere Eg Re ER ars i Reds 9 1 7 4 Subnet Masks ciere Gan a ERU nbi rape Ede ier ee 9 1 8 Precautions cse eta ad oy asks RUNE ERE as UE RA RUE Le 10 18 10 Installation oot ace ted ae edie De eth Sheed ERR RI ae es 10 1 8 2 Ethernet and IEEE802 3 Standards 0 0 00 ee 10 Features Section 1 1 1 1 Features Wide ranging Control Capability Using Ethernet Communications by UDP IP and TCP IP Easy Use of Socket Services FINS Message Communications File Transfers Between PC and Host Computer FTP Server Function E mail Capability 24 VDC Power Supply for Transceiver Controller Link Network Connection Abundant Troubleshooting Functions The Ethernet Unit enables a Programmable Controller PC to support
166. ccurred at the remote IP address EHOSTUNREACH Incorrect router setting A communication error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT No remote exists Socket was closed during opening procedure Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 11 3 15 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST Command Block Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters TCP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Number of Reception Bytes Command Results Storage Area Requests that data be sent from a TCP socket 27 12 Command TCP Results storage Number of Timeout code Socket area reception value number bytes 27 12 Command Response code code Received bytes Response Number of Received data code reception bytes The TCP socket number to receive data specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified The maximum number of bytes of data to be received is given in the command The number of bytes of data received will be stored in the results storage area Up to 1 984 bytes can be specified 207 Com
167. cedure 123 The test parameters are set and the test is started and stopped by writing the required data to memory in the PC used to start the internode test These setting are made using the a Programming Device such as a Programming Console 1 Write the test parameters into PC memory The test parameters are de scribed following this procedure 2 Turn ON the Internode Test Start Switch allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area The Internode Test Start Switch is described following the test parameters This will begin the internode test 3 If desired the test parameters can be changed while the internode test is actually running Use the same procedure as used in step 1 165 Internode Test Section 9 3 Note 4 Turn OFF the Internode Test Start Switch allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area to stop the test 1 The test parameters are effected as soon as they are set or changed It is not necessary to reboot or restart If the test parameters are changed during the test however the new parameters will not be used until the Internode Test Start Switch is turned OFF and then back ON 2 Line traffic on the Ethernet network will increase during the test possibly af fecting system performance Setting the Test Parameters Configuration of the Software Switches Setting Range Note Before starting the test set the following parameters in the software switches in the words in the
168. ceive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag 111 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Programming Example 000000 TCP Passive Open When the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize pro 000100 000200 D30018 MOV 21 1000 D30019 D30020 MOV 21 2037 D30021 0000 MOV 21 0000 D30026 151901 RSET 000200 000100 000000 000200 HA 000000 000200 HA 000000 000200 151901 D30027 0000 000000 000200 151901 000000 000001 RSET 000101 151905 RSET 000201 Continued on next page cessing When the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30019 1000 Hex Local UDP TCP port No 4096 D30020 and D30021 C424 2037 Hex Remote IP address 196 36 32 55 D30022 0000 Hex Any remote UDP TCP port No D30026 0000 Hex No timeout time After the parameters have been set the TCP Passive Open
169. ceived ENOPROTOOPT 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED 0049 The same port number has been specified more than once EADDRINUSE 004A Error ECONNREFUSED or the remote node has not been opened as passive socket 004B See note Error in communications with remote node ECONNRESET 004C Remote IP address parameter error EADDRNOTAVAIL Wrong parameter designation An attempt was made to set the local TCP port of the local node to Active Open Remote IP address parameter error ENETUNREACH The network ID is not in the IP router table or router settings are incorrect Remote IP address parameter error EHOSTUNREACH The router settings are incorrect Communications error with remote node ETIMEDOUT No remote node The specified socket was closed during open processing Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Receive Request Response code Meaning Normal end CPU Unit error cannot execute Number of receive bytes not in allowable range The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 Request Switch turned ON during other processing The specified socket is not open Specified socket is already processing a receive request Specified socket has not been con
170. commands for I O memory communications in the PC changing the operating mode reading and writing files and so on Any data PC s internal I O memory DOS files in File Memory Memory Card or EM File Memory User defined messages error log information status information Maximum data size PC to PC 1 980 bytes max PC to host computer 1 980 bytes max Host computer to PC 2 000 bytes max 1 984 bytes max No particular limit User defined messages 1 024 bytes max Features Enables control of PC and host computer that support FINS commands Communications by standard TCP IP and UDP IP via Ethernet No need to set FINS addresses Files are read by means of simple commands and applications from host computers with FTP client functions Ethernet Unit status is obtained by e mail Notification of errors is received by e mail Reference 12 Section 5 FINS Communications Section 6 Socket Services Section 7 FTP Server Section 8 Mail Communications Functions Section 2 1 2 1 1 Ethernet Unit Functions Function Contents FINS communications A SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 instruction from the PC s ladder program is used to send a FINS command to a remote node and a re sponse is received A FINS command is received from a remote node If the command is ad dressed to the local Unit it is processed internally If it is addressed
171. control the convergence of TCP sockets Actually the node negotiates with the remote node and uses the smaller of the values for the two nodes The window size will fluctuate with the available space in the TCP reception buffers of the remote node when processing communications Fragment size 1 500 bytes UDP data is separated into 1 472 byte fragments The remaining 28 bytes are for the IP header Segment size 1 024 bytes TCP data is separated into 1 024 byte units unless the segments are different in which case it will be separated into 536 byte units TTL Time to Live 30 Decremented each time an IP router is passed 231 CPU Unit Appendix C Buffer Configuration UDP socket reception request buffers 8 x 9 016 max see note 1 FINS processing buffers 192 x 2 020 bytes TCP socket reception request buffers 8 x 4 096 max P packet input queue 50 max x 1 500 bytes FTP service P d ll reception buffer 4 096 bytes see note Tee FINS reception buffer 16 383 bytes max FINS send FTP service send buffer 4 096 bytes TCP socket send request buffers 8 x 4 096 max UDP socket send request buffers 8 x 9 000 max X N buffer 9 000 bytes max A a IP packet output queue 50 max x 1
172. ctives 0 0 cece eh ee SECTION 1 Features and System Configuration Tod Features anc adsense ek oe ede aes EA DA 1 2 System Configuration comen ee e SRE ee ee eee oe es 1 3 Devices Required in a Network 0 0 eee cee eee 1 4 Related Programming Devices 0 0 cece eect een eens 13 Specifications oes eem EP e A 1 6 Software Configuration 0 0 eee cee I nee 1 7 IP Addresses eoo htISUENERELURDS RE Pee betrieben iue NE PEROS 1 8 Precautions cian tC RA REEL RR CLA E C ie ENG EAS eg eis SECTION 2 Communications Functions oooooooo 2 1 Communications Functions o 2 2 EINS Communications ssec A eR qe RO HR Rb OR EE PEE EG 2 3 Socket Services Sue hoe teed ete a ed es ei a a eS 2 4 PERIS UE Aion tesoro erent Bai a Rte tranche Eso aU o tisch d cen or Dn 2 51 Mails ie tees tak a ees e aes ete el Sealy Bae en us Re ps Von d A eaten arse uy cert SECTION 3 Installation and Initial Setup 3 1 Before Operation 3206 65 45 A A VU e ees es 3 2 Overview of Startup Procedure 0 0 cece eee 3 3 Unit Components ego busines dente RE eladopbemwenbr t EN Sed etme DIY 3 4 Switch Settings eas each ULP RE VEU ap D IER 3 5 Mounting to a Backplane 0 e 3 6 Connecting to the Network 0 ee e 3 7 Creating an VO Table nee a SO wah ath Gee Aa ee 3 8 Creating Routing Tables crosar pner taena e
173. d Response Meaning code Normal end Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error cannot execute UDP socket number is not 1 to 8 or local UDP port number is O Request Switch turned ON during other processing Specified socket is already open Unit is busy cannot execute Specified socket is already open as TCP socket cannot open UDP socket Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response Meaning code The same UDP port number has been specified more than once EADDRINUSE The specified socket was closed during open processing UDP Socket Receive Request Response Meaning code Normal end CPU Unit error cannot execute Number of bytes to receive is not in allowable range The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 Request Switch turned ON during other processing Specified socket is already processing a receive request The specified socket is not open Unit is busy cannot execute Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS Int
174. d within the proper range 8 The local UDP port number might be set Set the Local UDP port number correctly to 0 01 A correct memory area code has not Check the command s memory area code in been used or EM Area is not available the Results Storage Area and set the appropriate code 03 The first word is in an inaccessible area Set a first word that is in an accessible area or the bit number is not 00 The bit number must be 00 for Ethernet Units 04 The address set in the command is not Correct the address in the command data correct being sure that the start address plus the number of words does not exceed accessible memory 0B The response frame is too long Correct the number of data elements or other parameters in the command data for which the response is being returned 0C Parameters are set incorrectly in the Check the command data and correct any command data parameters that are incorrect 185 Results Storage Area Response Codes Section 10 7 Main code Sub Probable cause Remedy code 22 Status error The same socket service is already in Use the socket status flag in PC memory to be operating mode progress at the specified socket number sure that socket service has finished before disagreement starting services again The specified socket is not open Open the socket For TCP sockets be sure to wait until connection is made The internal buffers are full because there Correct the user ap
175. d the host num ber identifies the node or host on the network The network numbers in an IP addresses are divided into three classes A B and C so that the address system can be selected according to the scale of the network Classes D and E are not used The configuration of the IP address for each of these classes is shown in the following diagram Bit 31 23 00 Class A O Network number 7 bits Host number 24 bits Bit 31 15 00 Class B 1 Network number 14 bits Host number 16 bits Bit 31 7 00 Class C 1 O Network number 21 bits Host number 8 bits Bit 31 00 ClassD 1 110 Multicast address Cannot be used Bit 31 00 ClassE 1 Tu Test address Cannot be used The number of networks in each class and the number of nodes possible on the network differ according to the class IP Addresses Section 1 7 Number of networks Number of hosts Small 224 2 max 16 777 214 max Medium 216 2 max 65 534 max Large 28 2 max 254 max Note IP addresses are represented by the decimal equivalent of each of the four oc tets in the 32 bit address each separated by a period For example the binary address 10000010 00111010 00010001 00100000 would be repre sented as 130 58 17 32 The same network number must be set for every node on the same Ethernet network 1 7 2 Allocating IP Addresses IP Internet Protocol is
176. data from a specified position within a single file 22 04 FILE MEMORY FORMAT Formats initializes the file memory 22 05 FILE DELETE Deletes specified files stored in the file memory 22 07 FILE COPY Copies files from one file memory to another file memory in the same system 22 08 FILE NAME CHANGE Changes a file name 22 0A MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the I O memory area and the file memory 22 0B PARAMETER AREA FILE Transfers or compares data between TRANSFER the parameter area and the file memory 22 0C PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the UM User Memory area and the file memory 22 15 CREATE DELETE DIRECTORY Creates or deletes a directory Debugging 23 01 FORCED SET RESET Force sets or force resets bits or releases force set status 23 02 FORCED SET RESET CANCEL Cancels all bits that have been force set or force reset 70 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Writing Programs Programs incorporating the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions are generally created using the Communications Port Enabled Flag and the Communications Port Error Flag as input conditions CS1 series CPU Units have eight communications ports Only one instruction can be executed at any given port at one time however so the program must not overlap the use of any of the ports A program example is provided below Communications port Ethernet Unit CPU Unit Inst
177. decimal within the following ranges Remote network address 00 to 7F Hex 0 to 127 decimal Remote node number 01 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 decimal If a remote network address is set to 00 it will specify the local network i e the network to which the Ethernet Unit is connected Internode Test Number of Send Bytes CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 56 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 1 Number of send bytes 0000 to 07CC Hex Specify in hexadecimal the number of bytes of test data to be sent between nodes 0000 Hex 1 996 bytes 0001 to 07CC Hex 1 to 1 996 bytes DMAreaAllocations Section 44 Internode Test Response Monitoring Time CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 2 Response monitoring time 0000 to FFFF Hex Specify in hexadecimal the amount of time to wait for the internode test re sponse 0000 Hex 2 seconds 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 01 to 655 35 seconds Internode Test Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 431 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m3 A a T5233 Timeout Error code Response error Send error Data does not match Routing table error Send parameter error Internode test results are reflected here The bits all turn back OFF when the internode test is started Bits O to 5 turn ON when their applicable error occurs The error code for the error that occurred
178. dress table error Bit 04 IP router table error Bit 06 Routing table error Bit 07 Transceiver error Bit 08 Internode test flag OFF Test stopped ON Test running Bit 14 Address disagreement Not used Status Bit 15 EEPROM error Manipulated Unit operation by Transceiver echo test error ON if an error occurred during the self diagnostic testing after the Unit was turned ON or reset OFF if the self diagnostic testing after the Unit was turned ON or reset was normal IP address setting error ON if any of the following conditions apply to the IP address All bits in the host ID are O or 1 e All bits in the network ID are 0 or 1 All bits in the subnet ID are 1 e The IP address begins with 127 Ox7F OFF when the IP address is normal IP address table error On if the IP address table information is incorrect OFF when the IP address table is normal IP router table error ON if the IP router table information is incorrect OFF when the IP address table is normal Not used Routing table error ON if the routing table information is incorrect OFF when the routing table is normal Transceiver error ON when the transceiver cable is disconnected the transceiver is not receiving power or the transceiver is defective Once this bit turns ON it will not turn back OFF even if the transceiver status returns to normal
179. e status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP CLOSE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D01030 First command word D01040 First response word D00010 First control data word The UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Clos ing Flag CIO 150103 turns OFF while the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01050 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON HH Continued on next page After the execution results have been checked the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF 137 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Continued from previous page 000002 000102 000202 000002 000202 A020200 HH CMND 490 D02000 D03000 D00020 RSET 000202 000102 000002 000202 A20200 150102 150114 D03010 0000 000002 000202 A020200 150102 H RSET 000002 RSET 000103 000203 RSET 000203 000103 000003 000003 000203 A020200 a l 000003 000203 A020200 150101 150114 HH D04020 0000 000003 000203 A020200 150101 telar car 000003
180. e Codes for information on errors The follow ing areas can be used to access details about errors CMND 490 response codes Response codes in results storage area Network Communications Error Flags A21900 to A21907 Completion codes A203 to A210 Program Memory Maps The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagrams The following example shows how the memory maps are structured Legend Describes the meaning of the data 0 1 2 M D0000 CMND 490 control data 001 2H 0004H 0001H 00 Indicates the contents of D00001 is 0004 Hex Indicates the contents of D00000 is 0012 Hex 15to8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CIO 0000 TCP TCP TCP TCP Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit n Indicates that CIO 000001 is used as the TCP Close Bit Indicates that CIO 000000 is used as the TCP Open Bit DM Area 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00000 CMND 490 control data for TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST 0012H 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Response monitor time 5 s Port number Port 0 Remote Ethernet Unit designation L Network address 01 hex Node number 01 hex Unit address 10hex Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 18 0012564 D00010 CMND 490 control data for TCP CLOSE REQUEST 0008H 0004H 0001H 0110
181. e Controllers Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 For details on FINS commands that can be processed by the Ethernet Unit refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units I O memory area access Command code MR SR MEMORY AREA READ Function Reads the contents of consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA WRITE Writes the contents of consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA FILL Writes the same data to the specified range of I O memory area words MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ Reads the contents of specified non consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA TRANSFER Copies the contents of consecutive I O memory area words to another I O memory area Parameter area access PARAMETER AREA READ Reads the contents of consecutive parameter area words PARAMETER AREA WRITE Writes the contents of consecutive parameter area words PARAMETER AREA FILL CLEAR Writes the same data to the specified range of parameter area words Program area access PROGRAM AREA READ Reads the UM User Memory area PROGRAM AREA WRITE Writes to the UM User Memory area PROGRAM AREA CLEAR Clears the UM User Memory area Operating mode changes RUN Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to RUN or MONITOR STOP Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to PROGRAM Machine configuration
182. e Results Storage Area can be used to trouble shoot socket service problems Refer to 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches or 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 for the location of the response codes stored in the Results Storage Area The UNIX socket service error messages corresponding to the response codes are given in the following table Refer to the documentation for the devices in volved when communicating between an Ethernet Unit and other devices Response UNIX error Description Probable remedy code message ESRCH No such process Close the local socket and try reopening it ENXIO No such device or address EBADF Bad file number incorrect socket specification EACCES Permission denied Check the IP address of the remote node and Broadcast address specified for re try to reconnect mote IP address for active TCP open 186 Results Storage Area Response Codes Section 10 7 Response UNIX error Description Probable remedy code message 000E EFAULT Bad address copy failed between Close the local socket and try reopening it kernel and user area 0011 EEXIST File exists 0016 EINVAL Invalid argument socket library ar gument error 0018 EMFILE Too many open files More than 32 Sockets 0020 EPIPE Broken pipe remote node closed Close the local socket Socket 003C EPROTONO Protocol not s
183. e codes applicable to the command are described at the end of the command description If any UNIX error codes are generated these are also de scribed Refer to your UNIX error symbol definition file usr include sys errno h for details UNIX errors are returned in the results storage area Reset the Ethernet Unit 04 03 Command code 04 03 Command Response code code No response will be returned if the command ends normally A response will be returned only if an error occurs In some cases send requests SEND 192 RECV 193 instructions made from the PC to the Ethernet Unit just before execution of the RESET command may not be executed Except for the FINS communications service sockets all open sockets for sock ets services FTP server or mail transmission are closed immediately before resetting 1001 Command too large 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ Reads the following data from the Ethernet model version IP address subnet mask FINS UDP port number mode settings Ethernet address Command Block ET Command code Response Block 05 01 20 bytes 20 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 6 bytes Command Response Model Version IP address Subnet FINS UDP Mode Ethernet code code mask port number setting address 193 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Parameters Model Version Response IP Address Subnet Mask Res
184. e number of bytes in the resend packets The number of duplicated resend packets received The number of bytes in the duplicated resend packets received The number of out of range data packets received Always 0 The number of bytes in the out of range data packets received Always 0 The number of packets where the data was larger than the window The number of bytes in the packets where the data was larger than the win dow The number of packets received after closing The number of window probe packets received The number of resent ACK packets received The number of ACK packets received with no data set The number of ACK packets received Command Response Reference Section 11 3 UDP Status Response 1 2 3 Precautions Response Codes 20 The number of ACK packets received for received transmission acknowl edgements ACK 21 The number of window advertisement packets received Three items of UDP information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in the fol lowing sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexadecimal value 1 The number of packets discarded because the size of the first short buffer was smaller than the minimum size 28 of the IP header and UDP header when the packet was stored 2 The number of packets discarded due to an incorrect checksum in the UDP header 3 The number of packets discarded because the IP overall length in the IP header was shorter than the UDP ove
185. e remote node the 7th bit will be ON when a fatal error has occurred in the PC at the re mote node and the 15th bit will be ON when a network relay error has occurred Refer to information given after the following table for more information on relay errors Bt 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Main response code Sub response code ry bade Relay Error Flag LY 1 PC Non fatal Error Flag 1 PC Fatal Error Flag r Main code Probable cause 00 Normal completion 01 Local node Send error in local node was caused by Reduce the load traffic on the Ethernet Unit error lack of available space in internal buffers Check your user applications The network cannot be accessed Correct the local IP address because the IP address setting is not correct The internal buffers are full because there Correct the user application to reduce traffic at is too much traffic at the local node the Ethernet Unit preventing data from being sent 02 Remote node IP address of remote node not set Set IP address of remote node into IP address error correctly in IP address table or IP router table and if internetwork transmission is table required into the IP router table No node with the specified unit address Check the remote node s unit address and make sure the correct one is being used in the control data Message packet was corrupted by
186. each the destina tion node A message may be lost during transmission due to factors such as noise To prevent this from occurring when using message services it is com mon to set up retry processing at the node from which instructions are issued With the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions retry process ing is executed automatically by specifying the number of retries so specify a number other than 0 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 RECV 098 With the RECV 098 instruction the data in m number of words starting from the beginning word S at the remote node node number M is received at the words starting from the beginning word D at the local node Local node Remote node number N RECV 98 o S O D S Remote node beginning word D Local beginning word C First word of control data below 5 0 AE NE Number of retries Number of reception words m to to F Hex 0 to 15 retries 0001 to 03DE Hex 1 to 990 words vr m Communications port number 0 to 7 ci o o Response T 0 Required Destination network number 1 Not required 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 1 u 87 0 gt gt Destination Unit address n ebd id time X 00 Hex CPU Unit E 10 to 1F Hex Unit 0 to 15 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in units of 1 s E1 Hex Unit connected to network FE Hex Unit connected to network Remote node number M send source 00 to 7E He
187. ecution program will start when execution condition R CIO 000000 turns ON KEEP Nm o o o o 120001 120000 MOV 21 Input CIO 120000 remains ON from the start of SEND 090 execution until completion Control Data Creation Word Contents Meaning D0000 00 OA Number of send words 10 D0001 o0 02 Destination network number 2 D0002 04 00 Destination node number 4 Destination unit address 0 D0003 07 05 Response required MOV 21 Communications port No used 7 0705 Number of retries 5 200093 D0004 00 64 Response monitor time 10 s MOV 21 0064 D00004 Send Data Creation Ten words of data from word CIO 0000 is 000A stored from D00010 onwards 0000 D00010 XFER 70 SEND 90 500010 Ten words of data from D00010 at the local node is sent to D00020 onwards at network number 2 node D00020 number 4 unit address 0 the PC D00000 120000 A20207 See note DIFU 13 Reset Input Creation 120001 120000 A21907 120000 Send Error Display Continued on next page 74 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Continued from previous page Execution condition See note 000001 A20207 120000 120003 120002 MOV 21 D00005 MOV 21 0003 D00006 MOV 21 D00007 MOV 21 D00008 MOV 21 0000 D00009 RECV 98 D00005 DIFU 13 120003 120002 A21907 120002
188. ed dust No accumulated dust Ethernet Unit firmly attached No looseness Transceiver cable connector fully pushed in No looseness Condition of transceiver cable No visible abnormality Tools Required for Inspection The following tools are needed to inspect the Ethernet Unit Standard Tools e Flat blade and Phillips screwdrivers Tester or digital voltmeter e Industrial alcohol and a clean cloth Tools Required Under Special Circumstances e Synchroscope e Pen oscilloscope e Thermometer and hygrometer 251 Numbers 10BASE T conversion adapters 4 twisted pair cables 4 24 VDC power supply 4 connecting 29 recommended products 223 A Address Resolution Protocol See ARP communications addresses remote addresses 78 ARP communications 7 ASCII characters 245 B bits addresses 192 237 error status 54 power status 53 Socket Service Request Switches 103 Unit control switches 51 BROADCAST DATA SEND 197 broadcast test command 197 reading results 197 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ 197 buffers 219 231 configuration 233 bye 149 C cables 10BASE T twisted pair cables 4 attaching transceivers 224 coaxial 4 28 installing outdoors 223 transceiver 4 transceiver connections 28 cd 148 CIO Area 42 allocations 50 239 close 149 CMND 490 instruction 16 63 requesting socket services 86 119 Index coaxial cables 4 installation precautio
189. edure for general problems 7 Is the number of bytes received in the results storage area 0 True The remote node s TCP socket has closed Close the local socket Transmission Problems 1 2 3 1 Is send processing finishing True Return to the procedure for general problems 2 Read socket status using the FINS command READ SOCKET STATUS 3 Is there the maximum number of bytes in the send queue 4 096 bytes True Make sure that reception processing is being performed at the re mote note 10 5 5 FTP Service Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and start over Connection Problems T 2 3 1 Are you unable to connect to the Ethernet Unit s FTP server True Step 5 2 If the FTP indicator lit True The FTP server is connected to another client Wait until the client has finished 3 Are the parameter settings in the host computer incorrect True Correct the computer settings Refer to the documentation for your computer 4 Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 5 Are you unable to log in True Check the login name and password settings 6 Is a Memory Card being used True Step 11
190. ee e 197 1123 7 ERROR LOG READ 4 got LESER RE RR aes Bee 197 11 3 8 ERROR LOG CLEAR sseeeeeee I hi 198 11 3 9 UDP OPEN REQUEST oce eee pee edat 199 11 3 10 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST Lii bob tE RENE PEE 200 11 3 11 UDP SEND REQUEST seeeeeee e Hh 201 11 3 12 UDP CLOSE REQUEST cos do Rex RR Re RR Res 203 11 3 13 PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST sseseeee e 204 11 3 14 ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST sseeeeeee cee 206 11 3 15 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST sssseeseee rr 207 11 3 16 TCP SEND REQUEST pecari era e A mh e 209 11 3 17 TCP CLOSE REQUEST aide gus See A as Be 210 11 3 18 PING cts rro ps DEO Sede WEA 211 11 3 19 IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE 00 0 eee eee eee 212 11 3 20 IP ADDRESS TABLE READ 0 000 ce ee 213 11 3 21 IP ROUTER TABLE READ 0 00 00 eee cee 214 11 3 22 PROTOCOL STATUS READ nio oid ge R9 e RR 215 11 3 23 MEMORY STATUS READ seeeeeee e 2 9 11 3 24 SOCKET STATUS READ ssseeeeeee e 221 11 3 25 ADDRESS INFORMATION READ sseeeeee ee 222 189 Command Codes and Response Codes Section 11 1 11 1 Command Codes and Response Codes 11 1 1 Command Code List The command codes listed in the following table can be sent to an Ethernet Unit Command code Name Page SRC RESET CONTROLLER DATA READ CONTROLLER STATUS READ INTERNODE ECHO TEST BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ BROADCAST DATA SEND ERROR LOG READ ERROR LOG CLEAR UDP
191. emory addresses Data type Word addresses CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Addresses for communications 000000 to 17FF00 Variable type HR H000 to H511 0A0000 to 01FF00 A A448 to A959 0B0000 to OS3BFOO DM D00000 to D32767 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 0 EO E00000 to EO E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 1 E1_E00000 to E1 E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 2 E2 E00000 to E2 E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 3 ES E00000 to E3 E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 4 E4 E00000 to E4_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 5 E5 E00000 to E5 E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 6 E6 E00000 to E6_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 7 E7 E00000 to E7 E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 8 E8 E00000 to E8 E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 9 E9 E00000 to E9_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank A EA E00000 to EA E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank B EB E00000 to EB E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank C EC E00000 to EC E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Current Note Word and Bit Addresses 192 bank E00000 to E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO The variable types area designations given in parentheses can also be used allowing CV series or CVM1 programs to be more easily corrected for use with CS1 series PCs Three bytes of data are used to express data memory addresses of PCs The most significant two bytes give the word address and the least significant byte
192. en processing has been successfully completed for it Check the socket status be fore attempting to open a socket TCP socket status is provided in words m 9 to m 16 in the DM Area for sockets 1 to 8 TCP Connection Status The TCP connection status is provided for ports for which TCP sockets have been opened When a port is closed the previous status will remain in the DM Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Area until a socket is opened again Writing data to the DM Area however is not synced with writing to the Socket Status Areas and timing may vary somewhat 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 9 to m 16 q n Uy L_ TCP connection status Status in indicated in bits 0 to 3 using the 1 digit hexadecimal codes shown in the following table Status Meaning CLOSED Connection closed LISTEN Waiting for connection SYN SENT Active and waiting for SYN SYN SYN sent and received RECEIVED ESTABLISHED Connection established CLOSE WAIT FIN received and waiting for close FIN WAIT1 Finished and FIN sent CLOSING Finished and FIN exchanged Waiting for acknowledgement of FIN arrival LAST ACK FIN received and finished Waiting for acknowledgement of FIN arrival FIN WAIT2 FIN arrival acknowledged Waiting for FIN TIME WAIT Finished and waiting for silence for twice the maximum segment life 2MS
193. ened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made TCP Passive Open Passive TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made TCP Active Open Active TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made Send Request Send processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when send processing has been completed Receive Request Receive processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when receive processing has been completed Close Request Close processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when close processing has been completed As shown in the above table the Request Switches are turned OFF by the Ether net Unit when the requested processes has been completed The ladder dia gram should be programmed to check the response code when the relevant Socket Service Request Switch turns OFF Note The
194. ength value in the packet header The number of IP packets discarded because the minimum size of the IP header data could not be stored in the first short buffer when an attempt was made to store the packet Refer to 11 3 23 MEMORY STATUS HEAD and Appendix F Buffer Configuration The number of packets discarded for one of the following reasons e The IP header length value in the IP header was smaller than the smallest size of the IP header e The size of the first short buffer was smaller than the IP header length val ue in the IP header when storing the packet The number of IP packets discarded because the IP header length was larg er than the overall packet length value in the packet header 7 The number of fragmented packets received 10 11 12 Ten turn mal 1 2 3 The number of received fragmented IP packets discarded because a queue for reassembly could not be secured The number of fragmented IP packets discarded because they could not be reassembled within 12 seconds after being received Always 0 The number of packets addressed to other networks that have been dis carded Always 0 types 46 items of ICMP status information occupying 4 bytes each are re ed in the following sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexadeci value The number of times the ICMP error routine was called The ICMP error rou tine uses ICMP packets to inform the source about errors The r
195. equest Switches Section 6 2 UDP Socket Close Request Response code Meaning Normal end CPU Unit error cannot execute The specified socket is not open Unit is busy cannot execute TCP Socket Passive Open Request Response code 0000 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Meaning Normal end 0105 Local IP address setting error 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 TCP socket number is not 1 to 8 or local TCP port number is 0 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already open or already processing an open request 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2606 Specified socket is already open as UDP socket cannot open TCP socket 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 See note The remote IP address is a broadcast address and the number of bytes to send is greater than 1 472 bytes EMSGSIZE 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED 0049 The same TCP port number has been specified more than once EADDRINUSE 004A See note Error ECONNREFUSED 004B See note Error in communications with remote node ECONNRESET 004E See note Re
196. er 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 m 20 m 90 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex m 21 m 91 44 m 22 m 92 Remote UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 45 m 23 m 93 Number of send receive bytes 0000 to 07CO Hex 1984 6 m 24 m 94 Send receive data address m 25 m 95 Same as FINS variable area designation method 8 m 26 m 96 Timeout value 0000 to FFFF Hex 9 m 27 m 97 Response code When socket services are requested by control switch manipulation the set tings must be made in advance in a Socket Service Parameter Area The param eters used will vary depending on the service requested For details refer to 6 2 Using Socket Services With Socket Service Request Switches IP Address Display Area 15 14 13 12 11 SW1 SW5 10 9 8 7 6 54 32 1i 0 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW6 SW7 SW8 m 98 m 99 The set values of the Local IP Address Switches rotary switches 1 to 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit are read and stored here when the power is turned ON If an incorrect address is set 0000 Hex will be stored here and the ERC indica tor will flash Refer to 3 4 3 Setting the Local IP Address 59 SECTION 5 FINS Communications This section provides information on communicating on Ethernet Systems and interconnected networks using FINS com mands The information provided in the section deals only with FINS communications in reference to Ethernet Units FINS commands issued from a PC are sent via the SEND 090 RECV 098 a
197. er of Addresses Response The number of pairs of FINS node numbers and IP addresses being returned The Ethernet Unit is always 0001 1 decimal Address Information Pairs of FINS node numbers and IP addresses Each pair requires 6 bytes and has the following configuration 1 6 bytes 00 FINS node IP address number FINS Node Number Node number set on the Ethernet Unit hexadecimal IP Address IP address set on the Ethernet Unit hexadecimal 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large Appendix A Network Installation Basic Installation Precautions e Take the greatest care when installing the Ethernet System being sure to follow ISO 8802 3 specifications You must obtain a copy of these specifications and be sure you understand them before attempting to install an Ethernet System Unless you are already experienced in installing communications systems we strongly rec ommend that you employ a professional to install your system Do not install Ethernet equipment near sources of noise If noise prone environments are unavoidable be sure to take adequate measures against noise interference such as installing network components in grounded met al cases using optical links in the system etc Further information on measures that can be taken against noise is given later in this section Recommended Products The following products are recommended for use with the CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit Tr
198. ernal memory cannot be obtained cannot execute Reception request timeout The specified socket was closed during receive processing UDP Socket Send Request Response Meaning code 0000 Normal end 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 Number of bytes to send is not in allowable range or the remote IP address is 0 1101 The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range 1103 The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already processing a send request 2210 The specified socket is not open 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 The remote IP address is a broadcast address and the number of bytes to send is greater than 1 472 bytes EMSGSIZE 004C The network ID is incorrect or the remote IP address is incorrect EADDRNOTAVAIL 004E The network ID is not in the IP router table router settings are incorrect or the remote IP address is incorrect ENETUNREACH 0051 The router settings are incorrect or the remote IP address is incorrect EHOSTUNREACH 0081 The specified socket was closed during send processing 99 Using Socket Services with Socket Service R
199. ernet Unit current work directory cd Format cd directory name Function Changes the remote host Ethernet Unit work directory to the specified remote directory The files in the Memory Card are contained in the MEMCARD directory under the root directory The files in EM File Memory are contained in the EM direc tory under the root directory The root directory is the directory used when logging into the Ethernet Unit No MEMCARD directory will exist if a Memory Card is not inserted in the PC or if the Memory Card power indicator is not lit No EM directory will exist if EM File Memory does not exist cdup Format cdup Function Changes the working directory at the remote host to the parent directory one directory above the current working directory type Format type data type Function Specifies the file data type The following data types are supported ascii Files are transferred as ASCII data binary image Files are transferred as binary data All files are treated by the PC as binary files Before reading or writing any files always use the t ype command to set the file type to binary File contents cannot be guaranteed if transferred as ASCII data The default file type is ASCII get Format get FILE NAME receive file name Function Transfers the specified remote file from the Memory Card or EM File Memory to the local host A receive file name can be used to specify the name of the file in the local host mge
200. ernode test and turn bit 01 OFF to stop the internode test The address of the word containing the Internode Test Start Switch is calculated by the following for mula Word 1500 25 x unit number Bt 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Internode Test Start Switch 0 Stop internode test 1 Start internode test Internode Test Section 9 3 Internode test run status is shown on the TS indicator on the Unit s front panel Tender Runsas 7 Internode test running Not lit Internode test stopped 9 3 2 Checking Results The results of the internode test are stored in the fourth through ninth words of the portion of the CPU Bus Unit Area allocated to the Ethernet Unit The status information area stores the test status and numbers of test runs and errors Test Status The result of the test run and descriptions of errors are stored as the test status The test status is stored at the word whose address is calculated by the following formula Word D03000 100 x unit number 3 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 3 Error code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Error flags 1 Timeout error 1 Response error 1 Send error 1 Data not matched 1 Routing table error 1 Send parameter error Error Code If the test is run repeatedly the code for
201. ersion set local IP address DIP switches 7 and 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit to the same value as the node number setting on the front of the Unit and set all other host settings to 0 If the IP address host number does not match the node num ber the ERC indicator will flash IP Address Table With an IP address table the address is converted according to a preset table of correspondences i e an IP address table between FINS node numbers and IP addresses The following is an example of an IP address table FINS node IP address Rm number Destination IP address 11 150 31 2 83 23 150 31 3 68 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 FINS messages addressed to FINS node number 23 are sent to the node with IP address 150 31 3 68 Automatic Address Generation and IP Address Table With the combined method first the IP address table is referenced If the appli cable node is not registered then the automatic address generation method is used FINS UDP Port Number Set the method for specifying the UDP port number for FINS communications 9600 Default Uses the default value of 9600 User defined Uses the input value from 1 to 65535 Subnet Mask Set all bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP address used for the network number and the bits used for the subnet number to 1 and set all bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP addre
202. es Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small The TCP socket number is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area No connection could be established to the specified socket High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 11 3 18 PING Command Block Response Block Parameters Destination IP Address Command Timeout Value Command Remarks Response Codes 5000 Equivalent processing to the UNIX computer ping command see below 27 20 Command Destination IP address Timeout code value 27 20 Command Response code code The IP address of the destination node for the PING command echo request packet The wait time for the echo reply packet The value is set in seconds The timeout time is set at 20 seconds if the value is specified as O If the echo reply packet is not received within the set time limit the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code PING Command The PING command runs the echoback test using the ICMP protocol When the PING command is executed an echo request packet is sent to the remote node ICMP Correct communications are confirmed when the returned response p
203. es File names are not case sensitive and will be converted to all caps in the PC file system File names can be up to 8 character long with 3 character extensions An error will occur if a file name or extension is too long The first period in a file name will be taken as the delimiter between the file name and extension Exten sions are determined by the file type Directories Up to five levels of directories including root as the first level can be created as file storage locations A maximum of 65 characters can be used in directory names 142 Using File Memory Section 7 3 File Names Handled by CPU Unit File type Data file File name kkkkkkkk Extension Contents Specified ranges of I O Memory The files described in the following table can be read or written by the CPU Unit Description e Contains word 16 bit data from a starting word through an end word in one memory area e The following areas can be used CIO HR WR AR DM and EM Program file kkkkkkkk Complete user program e Contains all the programs for cyclic tasks and interrupt tasks as well as task informa tion for one CPU Unit Parameter area file kkkkkkkk e PC Setup Registered I O tables Routing tables e CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setup and other Setup data See Note 1 e Contains all of the parameter data for one CPU Unit There is no need for the user to distinguish the various types of data co
204. etwork address 01 Hex Node address 01 Hex Unit number 10 Hex Basic Operations e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit Data 100 bytes is sent beginning at D02008 e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D04025 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Hesponse Codes for information on errors The follow ing areas can be used to access details about errors CMND 490 response codes Response codes in results storage area Network Communications Error Flags A21900 to A21907 Completion codes A203 to A210 Program Memory Maps The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagrams DM Area 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00000 CMND 490 control data for UDP OPEN REQUEST 000AH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Response monitor time 5 s FINS communications port Port 0 Remote Ethernet Unit designation L Network address 01 hex Node number 01 hex Unit address 10hex Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 10 bytes 000Apex
205. f a client attempts to connect when the FTP server is in use a message will be re turned and connection will be refused Login Messages 140 Status Message Normal 220 xxx xx xx xx CS1W ETNO1 FTP server connection FTP Version y yy ready XXX XX XX XX IP address of Ethernet Unit y yy Firmware version of Ethernet Unit FTP server 221 FTP server busy Goodbye busy Using File Memory Section 7 3 7 2 Setting Login Names and Passwords The default FTP login name is CONFIDENTIAL and no password is required Login is completed by typing only CONFIDENTIAL A different login name and a password can be set as required using the CPU Bus Unit Setup Setting Restrictions The following restrictions apply to login names and passwords e The login name and password must consist of alphanumeric characters hy phens and or underscores They are not case sensitive e A login name consists of 12 characters e A password consists of 8 characters e Always set a password when setting a new login name The login name will not be valid unless a password is set for it e f a login name is not set or contains illegal characters the default login name CONFIDENTIAL must be used No password is required and any password that is set will be ignored Setting Method A new login name and password can be set in the CPU Bus Unit Setup using the CX Programmer Note The CPU Bus Unit Setup is not contained in I O memory
206. f the Local IP Address Switches rotary switches 1 to 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit are read and stored here when the power is turned ON If an incorrect address is set 0000 Hex will be stored here and the ERC indica tor will flash Refer to 3 4 3 Setting the Local IP Adaress Appendix G ASCII Characters Bits 1 to 4 Bits 5 to 7 Binary 0011 0100 Hex 3 4 o o 2 Q 7 o ojoo mp 1O O N OD oo BR Oo P x gt 2 7 N lt x S lt C 10 DO v Oz zZ TIAce Iioamouoouw gt T mmooug oo oonmnxonm gzaa O 25 3 245 Appendix H Dimensions 16 5 with cover attached Unit mm 247 Appendix I Maintenance The Ethernet Unit makes up part of a network Repair a defective Ethernet Unit as soon as possible as it can have a negative effect on the entire network We recommend that customers keep one or more spare Ethernet Units to allow immediate recovery of the network Replacing an Ethernet Unit Observe the following precautions when replacing the Ethernet Unit e Always turn OFF the power supply before replacing the Ethernet Unit Check that the spare Ethernet Unit is operating normally before replacing a defective Unit with it When returning a defective Unit for repairs provide as much written information as possible on the symptoms of the problem e f a problem occurs with p
207. f the cable with insulating tape and heat absorbing tub ing Be careful not to mistake the plus and minus terminals when connecting the power supply Tighten the terminal block screws to a torque of 0 5 N e m If the screws are too loose it may result in short circuiting malfunctioning or fire damage Check the wiring carefully before turning ON the power Use a dedicated power supply and do not use the same power supply for the I O power supply motor power lines or control power lines Position the power supply as close as possible to the Unit and separate the power supply cable by at least 20 cm from other power lines in order to avoid adverse effects from high voltage lines Noise influence may be reduced by installing a noise filter near the primary side of the power supply Carefully twist the power supply cable that is to be connected to the Unit Do not excessively bend or stretch the cable Do not place anything on top of cables or cords If errors occur due to noise related to an external power supply it may be possible to solve the problem by not grounding the communications power supply Normally the switching power supply is connected to the case and capacitor as shown in the following diagram so along with isolating the FG Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 terminal it is necessary to insulate the power supply itself from the control panel General Switching Power Supply Configuration
208. f the network from 1 to 127 to which the Communications Unit or Board is connected It is set when the local net work table is created Relay Network Table A relay table is a table that shows the nodes to which data should be sent first in order to send data to a network that is not connected to the local node It shows the correspondence between the address of the final destination network and the network address and node number of the first relay point of the path to reach there When internetwork communications are carried out the end network can be reached by following the relay points The following example shows a routing table for sending data from PC 1 the local node network address 1 node number 1 to PC 4 the destination node network address 3 node number 2 PC 43 Node 2 relay node Aras ro PC 4 destination node Unit 1 PC 2 relay node PC 1 local node Node 3 Node 2 Network 2 i Network 43 X Network 1 a PC 1 PC 2 PC 3 End network relay network table relay network table relay network table Local network Unit address number cL To go to network 3 3 f first go to node 2 at network 2 To go to network 3 To go to network 3 The network is the same first go to node 3 at according to the local SO goto node 2 at network 3 network 1 network table go through the unit number of the local CPU Rack 34 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8
209. fd struct sockaddr in ws_addr cv_addr char fins cmnd MAX MSG fins resp MAX MSG int sendlen recvlen addrlen char sid 0 extern recv_fail GENERATE UDP SOCKET if sockfd socket AF_INET SOCK_DGRAM 0 lt 0 err_exit can t open datagram socket ALLOCATE IP ADDRESS AND PORT TO SOCKET bzero char amp ws_addr sizeof ws_addr ws_addr sin_family AF_INET ws addr sin addr s addr htonl INADDR ANY ws addr sin port htons FINS UDP PORT if bind sockfd struct sockaddr amp ws_addr sizeof ws_addr lt 0 err_exit can t bind local address GENERATE MEMORY AREA READ COMMAND READ 150 WORDS FROM D00100 fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c fins c nd nd nd nd nd nd nd nd 0x80 ICF 0x00 RSV 0x02 GCT 0x01 DNA 0x64 DA1 Ethernet Unit FINS NODE NUMBER 0x00 DA2 0x01 SNA 0x32 SA1 WS FINS NODE NUMBER nd 0x00 SA2 nd ttsid SID nd 10 20x01 MRC nd 11 20x01 SRC nd 12 20x82 VARIABLE TYPE DM nd 13 20x00 READ START ADDRESS 100 nd 14 0x64 nd 15 0x00 nd 16 0x00 WORDS READ 150 nd 17 0x96 OMDATNAUTBWNE CO 333333333333333333 SEND FINS COMMAND bzero char amp cv addr sizeof cv addr cv addr sin fami
210. g differs according to the type of PC or CPU Bus Unit In an Ethernet Unit the maximum number of stored records is fixed at 40 64 decimal Number of Stored Records The number of records stored at the time the command is executed is returned Response Error Log Data Response The specified number of error log records from the beginning record number is returned sequentially The total number of bytes in the error log is calculated as the number of records x 10 bytes record Each error log record thus comprises 10 bytes configured as follows 1st byte 10th byte Error Detailed D code information Month Year Hour Day Second Minutes Error Code Detailed Information Details of the error stored in the record Refer to Section 10 Troubleshooting for details Minute Second Day Hour Year Month Indicate the time at which the error stored in the record occurred Precautions If the error log contains fewer records than the number specified in the number of records parameter all records stored in the error log at the time the command is executed will be returned and the command executed will end normally Response Codes Normal Command too large Command too small Beginning record number is out of range The number of read records is 0 11 3 8 ERROR LOG CLEAR Clears the number of records stored in the Ethernet Unit error log
211. he response is not stored in this case Errors other than these are recorded in the response codes of the responses stored from the beginning response storage word onwards Be careful of these because there are no Communications Port Error Flags and they are not re corded in a communications port completion code Timing of Communications Flag Changes e The Communications Port Enabled Flag remains OFF during communications and turns ON when they are completed regardless of whether or not an error occurs e The Communications Port Error Flag retains its status until the next transmis sion or reception e The Communications Port Error Flag turns OFF with the execution of the next communications instruction even if there was an abnormal completion Example Communications Port Enabled Flag l f Instruction1 ilnstrucion2 Instruction 3 being executed i being executed being executed Merc A AAA 12 Communications instruction SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 Communications Port Error Flag l AA A dz Communications Port Completion Code Completion 0000 Normal completion 0000 Normal completion 0202 Unit address setting error 73 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 5 3 2 Program Example Execution condition See note 000000 A20207 120002 S HA When the Communications Port Enabled Flag for port 7 is ON and RECV 098 is not being executed the send ex
212. ibes the communications protocols used by an Ethernet network and provides basic precau tions for use of an Ethernet network Section 2 provides an overview of the communications functions that can be used with the Ethernet Unit Section 3 explains how to install the Ethernet Unit and make the initial settings required for operation Section 4 explains the system setup and the words allocated in the CIO Area and the DM Area for Ether net Unit operations Section 5 provides information on communicating on Ethernet networks and interconnected networks using FINS commands The information provided in the section deals only with FINS communications in reference to Ethernet Units FINS commands issued from a PC are sent via the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions programmed into the user ladder diagram program Refer to the CS1 series CS1G H CPULIL E Programmable Controllers Programming Manual W340 for further details on pro gramming these instructions Section 6 describes the functionality provided by the Ethernet Unit via the socket services Section 7 describes the functions provided by the FTP server Section 8 explains the Ethernet Unit s mail function Section 9 describes functions that allow you to test communications Section 10 describes information and procedures that can be used to troubleshoot problems that some times occur with Ethernet Unit and Ethernet communications Section 11 describes the FINS c
213. ient function can be used for reading files from or writing files to the PC This enables large amounts of data to be transferred at one time without any need for writing a ladder program User defined messages Unit error information status information and so on can be sent from the PC to the mail server as e mail This function allows infor mation generated at the production site to be sent out as e mail A 24 VDC power supply can be used as the power supply for the transceiver The Ethernet Unit voltage output provides for a voltage drop in the transceiver cables so there is no need to adjust the power supply voltage Ethernet the information system network can be connected to Controller Link the control system network using the FINS communications service This al lows a PC on the Controller Link network to be monitored from a PC on the Ether net network and conversely for data to be exchanged between a PC on the Controller Link network and a PC on the Ethernet network The Ethernet Unit is provided with a variety of troubleshooting functions for prompt recovery in case of errors e Self diagnostic function at startup e PING command for checking remote nodes e Inter nodal tests for checking remote nodes e Error log for recording error history data e E mail notification when errors occur System Configuration Section 1 2 1 2 System Configuration 1 2 1 Device Configuration Workstation or personal computer
214. il Fixed time intervals Mail is sent each time the interval set in the CPU Bus Unit Area elapses The interval can be set to anything from 10 minutes to 10 days 8 1 3 Sending Mail Triggered by Mail Send To send mail only as required use the Mail Send Switch bit 3 from among the Switch Unit Control Switches in the CIO Area words allocated to the CPU Bus Unit When the Ethernet Unit detects that the Mail Send Switch has turned ON the mail transmission is started according to the mail settings that have previously been made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup 158 Overview of Mail Function Section 8 1 Triggered by Error Log Recording Note Triggered at Regular Intervals Note 8 1 4 Mail Status Note If a transmission is restarted while the mail processing is still in progress it will be invalid After the transmission has been completed the Ethernet Unit will auto matically turn the switch OFF again Once the switch has been turned OFF another mail message can be sent Unit Control Switches CIO 1500 25 x unit number 15 14 13 12 131 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Mail Send Switch If there is a need for immediate notification when an error occurs e mail can be sent at the same time as an error is recorded in the error log When an error to be recorded in the error log occurs the e mail transmission is started according to the mail settings that have previously been made in the
215. in advance Routing tables are required in the following circumstances e When the FINS communications service is used on an Ethernet network in cluding when communications are only carried out between FA networks via an Ethernet network e When there are multiple Communications Units mounted to the PC and sock et services are requested by executing the CMND 490 instruction If neither of these circumstances apply then a routing table is not required In that case proceed to 3 9 System Setup The routing table is required not only for nodes communicating via the FINS communications service but for all relay nodes on the network 3 8 1 Routing Table Overview The routing tables describe the transmission path for FINS messages when the FINS communications are used It consists of two tables A local network table and a relay network table 33 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Local Network Table The local network table is a table describing the correspondences among unit numbers of the Communications Units and Boards mounted to each node PC or FA Computer Unit 404 Unit 05 Unit 406 Local Network Table Example Unit 407 Local network Unit number address 1 04 2 05 3 06 4 07 Network 1 Network 2 Network 3 Network 4 Note 1 The unit number is set from O to F 1 to 15 by the rotary switch on the front of the Ethernet Unit 2 The network address is the number o
216. in large multilayered networks 205 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 14 ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST Requests processing to open a TCP socket The socket will be connected to another node Command Block 27 11 Command TCP Results storage Local Remote IP Remote code socket area TCP port address TCP port number number number Response Block dui a Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response Local port code number Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to be opened specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte Command specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified Local TCP Port Number The TCP port number for communications with the socket is specified as 2 bytes Command Results 0 cannot be specified Do not specify the port number of the FTP server port Storage Area 21 An available TCP port number is automatically assigned if 0 is specified Remote IP Address Specify the remote node s IP address must be non zero Command Remote Port Number Specify the remote TCP port number must be non zero
217. in the Results Storage Area Error Flag specified for the service request command to the Ethernet Unit This flag will turn ON at the same timing as turning OFF bits 0 to 3 i e at completion of processing Turns OFF when the next request is received for processing 120 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Bit Flag Status Manipulated Unit operation 15 Socket Open Flag Turns ON when open processing has been completed i e when a connection is made Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Will remain OFF when open processing ends in an error Note The TCP socket connection status is also provided as codes in the following words of the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area D30000 100 x unit number 9 to 16 Refer to TCP Socket Con nection Status on page 58 and to Appendix D TCP Status Transitions for details Response Codes in the Command Response A response code is returned in the command response as a 2 byte code that indicates the results of command execution The response code is returned just after the command code in the response The first byte of the response code provides the overall result of command execution and is called the main re sponse code MRES The second byte provides details and is called the sub re sponse code SRES Response Codes in the Results Storage Areas The response code stored in the Resu
218. indicates a time out If this occurs increase the monitor time specified with CMND 490 Overview Section 6 1 UDP Socket Service TCP Socket Service The socket status area in the CIO Area is zeroed when the PC s operating mode is changed e g from PROGRAM to RUN The actual Ethernet Unit Socket status however will remain unchanged after the socket status area is zeroed To avoid this problem use the IOM Hold setting in the PC Setup Refer to the PC s operation manuals for details on settings The Results Storage Error Flag will turn ON in the socket status to indicate that the specified Results Storage Area does not exist in the PC Correct the user program Communications time may increase if multiple Ethernet Unit functions are used simultaneously or due to the contents of the user program Communications efficiency may decrease due to high communications loads on the network All data is flushed from the socket s communications buffer when a socket is closed with the CLOSE REQUEST command In some cases the transmit data for the SEND REQUEST command issued just before the socket was closed may not be sent When sockets are open the Ethernet Unit provides a 4 096 byte buffer for each TCP socket and 9 016 byte buffer for each UDP socket to allow data to be received at any time These buffers are shared by all open sockets Receive data will be discarded for a socket if the buffer becomes full The user applica tion mu
219. ion of data is not checked and data is not resent To increase communication reliability data resends must be programmed by the user in user application Transmitted data Send Receive request PA A ile guru m O eh SG Fes Sse request made ACK acknowledge only when made processed by application Local node Remote node With the UDP protocol the remote IP address and remote TCP port number are not specified when an open request is made for a socket When a send request is made the remote IP address the remote TCP port number the number of bytes to send and the send data are specified When a receive request is made the number of bytes to receive is specified the IP address and UDP port number from which data was received are provided in the response data With the UDP protocol communications with another remote device are pos sible even if the socket that was opened is not closed 6 1 6 Opening TCP Sockets 88 To achieve highly reliable data communications TCP establishes a virtual com munications circuit between the two nodes before starting data transmissions The virtual communications circuit is known as a connection Overview Section 6 1 Passive OPEN and Active An open command is executed for a node to establish a connection The open OPEN method differs depending on whether the node is a client or server A passive open method is used to open the node as a server and the
220. ional IEEE802 3 standards which were developed based on Ver sion 2 0 Ethernet specifications Although these two sets of standards are simi lar they are not necessarily the same Particularly different frame formats are used making direct communications impossible between systems that do not support the same standards Standards for equipment used to configure net works are the same allowing IEEE802 3 standard equipment to be used with the Ethernet Unit Particularly the transceiver cable for the IEEE802 3 standards provides superior noise resistance and should be used for the Ethernet Unit Terminology also differs between Version 2 0 Ethernet and IEEE802 3 stan dards These differences are shown in the following table Version 2 0 Ethernet terminology is used in this manual Version 2 Ethernet IEEE802 3 Transceiver MAU Transceiver cable AUI Ethernet address MAC address Ethernet 10BASE5 10 SECTION 2 Communications Functions This section provides an overview of the communications functions that can be used with the Ethernet Unit 2 1 Communications Functions 0 0 0 000 e s 12 2 1 1 Ethernet Unit Functions 0 00 I s 13 2 1 2 Socket Ports Used By the Ethernet Unit o o ooooccococoococoooo 13 2 1 3 Selecting Communications Services 0 0 0 cece ee ee 14 2 2 FINS Communications ss ena ai a a cee n 15 2 3 OSOCKEUSEIVICES isms ict es t EDS ES RO el e ba e ER REA e hae 15 2 4 CREP
221. irectory Change to MEMCARD directory successful UNIX Application Example Section 7 6 5 Change data type to binary ftp type binary Binary data type set 200 Type set to I ft B 6 Transfer the file RESULT IOM to the workstation ftp get RESULT IOM File read 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for result iom lPaddress portip bytes 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s ftp B 7 Write the file PLAN IOM to the Memory Card ftp put PLAN IOM File written 200 PORT command successtul 150 opening data connection for plan iom IPaddress portf 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s ftp BM 8 End FTP ftp bye FTP ended 221 Goodbye m 153 This section explains the Ethernet Unit s mail function 8 1 8 2 8 3 Overview of Mail Function 0 0 0 0 cece ee 8 1 1 Mail Contents llle 8 1 2 Mail T ggetS x yeah eae ES 8 1 3 Sending Mail sese esee o 8 1 4 Mail Status 0 eee Sending Mail eo iodo hs civ beta ee See e Mail Example 0 0 cece eee eee enn ee SECTION 8 bot ch teint dette dpe MC 156 ie eh ate ah athe wea 157 Keds dents vg d e ns le ER dee 158 tada 158 AAA 159 E Secs 160 ES 160 Mail 155 Overview of Mail Function Section 8 1 8 1 156 Overview of Mail Func
222. is divided into a subnet number and a host number by using a setting called the subnet mask The subnet mask indicates which part of the host number is to be used as the subnet number The user must first determine the number of bits of the host number to be used as the subnet number and then set the subnet mask accord ingly All bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP address used either as the network number or subnet number are set to 1 and the re maining bits which will correspond to the bits in the IP address actually used for the host number are set to 0 The following example shows the subnet mask for an 8 bit subnet number used in a class B IP address This subnet mask is structured as follows This would thus be a class B IP address masked as a class C IP address i e externally it would be allocated a class B IP address but internally it can be ad dressed using class C IP addresses Subnet mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 FFFFFFOO It is only necessary to set subnet masks if subnetworks are used If a subnet mask is not set by the user a default mask will be set automatically according to the IP address class to indicate that the entire host number will be used as the host number i e no bits will be assigned for use as the subnet number Precautions Section 1 8 All nodes on the network that are going to belong to the same subnetwork must have the same subnet mask In this ca
223. is sent just as it is and the code is not converted The relevant words are always read by the Ethernet Unit so the contents of the mail can be changed by changing the contents of the words Error log information The error log information includes the entire error log in RAM A maximum of 64 records can be saved For details refer to 10 3 Error Log Status information The following data is sent 1 Open closed status of UDP sockets 1 to 8 2 TCP status of TCP sockets 1 to 8 3 Unit error information 4 Counter information Total number of receive packets Total number of receive errors Total number of send packets Total number of send errors Total number of send collisions The Ethernet Unit processes error log and status data in ASCII so that it can be easily read as e mail Note Set user created information in ASCII 8 1 2 Mail Triggers The user can select any of the following trigger conditions for e mail The desig nation is made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup The particular information to be sent can be selected individually for each trigger condition Trigger condition Contents User mail When Mail Send Mail is sent when the Mail Send Switch set in the words allocated to the CPU Switch turns ON Bus Unit in the CIO Area turns from OFF to ON leading edge Error mail When an error is Mail is sent when an error occurs and is recorded in the error log recorded in the error log Periodic ma
224. is stored in bits 13 to 15 The meanings of the error codes are shown in the following table Meaning Normal Timeout error Response response code error Send error Data disagreement error Routing table error See note Send parameter error See note Note When a routing table error or a sent parameter error occurs the number of inter node test runs is not incremented Number of Internode Test Runs Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 131 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 4 Number of test runs 0000 to FFFF Hex Internode tests are executed repeatedly as long as the Internode Test Start Switch one of the Unit Control Switches in the CIO area remains ON In this word specify in hexadecimal the number of times that the internode test is actually to be executed 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will start over again at 0 The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Note When a routing table error or a transmission parameter error occurs the number of internode tests is not incremented 57 DM Area Allocations Section 44 Number of Internode Test Timeout Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 5 Number of timeout errors 0000 to FFFF The number of timeout errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF
225. it is set to 255 255 255 255 or MEA Correct the local mail address Correct the notification destination mail address 181 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 10 12 182 Is notification given for user mail True Step 9 Is the user mail send status 7 True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 0 0 0 0 Correct the user mail send information settings the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send information Is the user mail send status 0 True Turn ON the Send Mail Switch from the user program The Send Mail Switch has not been turned ON since power was turned ON or since the Unit was restarted Is the user mail send status 6 True Check the communications path Correct the SMTP server address Correct the IP router table Something is blocking communications or equipment on the com munications path is not set correctly Is the destination mail address incorrectly set True Correct the destination mail address in the Setup Error mail will be held at the SMTP server if the destination mail address is incorrect Be sure the send destination mail address is set correctly Is required information missing from the mail data True Correct the mail send information settings in the Setup the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send infor mation Was it impos
226. its in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15t08 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0000 Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag TCP TCP TCP TCP ClO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag 115 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Programming Example 000000 000100 000200 D30018 D30019 151900 RSET 000200 000100 000000 RSET 000101 000201 D30018 151905 RSET 000201 000101 000000 000200 HA 000000 000200 I 4 000000 000200 151900 030027 0000 000000 000200 151900 000001 000001 000201 p 000001 000201 m 000001 000201 151905 D30027 0000 000001 000201 151905 RSET 000001 000002 000102 000202 Continued on next page 116 Section 6 2 UDP Open When the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the following parameters are wr
227. itten to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30019 1000 Hex Local UDP TCP port No 4096 After the parameters have been set the UDP Open Re quest Switch CIO 151900 is turned ON and the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned OFF If the UDP Open Request Switch CIO 151900 turns OFF while the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF UDP Close When the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the following parameter is written to the parameter area for Socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 After the parameter has been set the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 is turned ON and the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned OFF If the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 turns OFF while the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000201 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON After the executi
228. ived CLOSE REQUEST during RECEIVE REQUEST RECEIVE REQUEST command received Port Enabled Flag CMND 490 RECEIVE REQUEST response command CMND 490 CLOSE REQUEST response command Receive Flag Close Flag Opening Flag Results storage area for RECEIVE REQUEST Results storage area for CLOSE REQUEST Running Error end RECEIVE REQUEST command received Receive complete normal end CLOSE REQUEST command received Running Normal response code Normal response code l I Store error response code Store normal response code Note The timing shown in the above diagram occurs if a CLOSE REQUEST com mand is executed during SEND REQUEST command execution The timing 125 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 shown in the diagram also applies if a CLOSE REQUEST command is executed during OPEN REQUEST command execution with the exception of the status of the Opening Flag 6 3 5 TCP IP Communications Programming Example System Configuration Data Flow Host computer The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using TCP IP communications The system configuration for the program example and the Ethernet Unit system setup are shown below To establish a TCP connection the Ethernet Unit is pas sively opened and the h
229. l header types 9 The number of responses returned to received ICMP packets requiring a re sponse 216 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 10 Total number of inputs of each packet type during ICMP input The 19 statis tical values are returned in the order shown below Contents are defined for 13 types only all other types contain 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 to 15 16 17 18 4 bytes Type tumbar Echo reply Undefined always 0 Destination unreachable Source quench Routing redirect Undefined always 0 Echo Undefined always 0 Time exceeded Parameter problem Time stamp Time stamp reply Information request Information request reply Address mask request Address mask reply TCP Status Response Three types 46 items of TCP status information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in the following sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexade cimal value 1 Connection Information 60 Bytes Fifteen items are returned in the following sequence 1 2 3 1 The number of times active connections were correctly established 2 The number of times a SYN packet was received while waiting to establish a passive connection 3 The number of times active or passive connections were correctly estab lished 4 The number of times an established connection was cut off 5 The number of times the connection wait stat
230. l Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation of the product 1 2 3 1 Indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc O OMRON 1999 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permis sion of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the informa tion contained in this publication TABLE OF CONTENTS PRECAUTIONS 6 45 an II Ea EE A Intended A dinte tii RR RARO AR OAS ote Rae 2 General Precautions ue Re A e RE RE eo WE IS 3 Safety Precautions susi ee SRE KES RR RC ASE CORRES EC Reduce 4 Operating Environment Precautions 0 0 0 0 eee cece ee eee Application Precautions iii e eee YR SE seh nde AED 6 Conformance to EC Dire
231. ll not be sent even if the setting is made for mail to be sent whenever an error is registered Not selected Default Mail is not sent periodically Selected Mail is sent periodically Mail Interval When mail is sent periodically it is sent at the time interval that is set here The setting range is 1 to 1 440 in units of 10 seconds so the mail can be sent at inter vals of from once every 10 seconds to once every 10 days This setting is only enabled when the periodic mail setting see above is selected If the mail interval is set to 0 then mail will not be sent periodically If it is set to a value greater than 1 440 it will be processed as 1 440 10 days The default setting is 0 mail not sent periodically Periodic Mail for User Data Specify whether or not user data is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent periodically The user data is ASCII data stored with the CPU Unit s I O memory address set for the mail function s user created mail data address at the beginning When user data is sent 1 024 bytes or the data up to the null code 00 Hex is transmitted Not selected Default User data not included in periodic mail Selected User data included in periodic mail Periodic Mail for Error Log Information Specify whether or not all error log information 64 records max is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent periodically Not selected Default Error log information not included in
232. lts Storage Area is a 2 byte code that indi cates the processing results of the socket service requested by the command This response code is stored in the Results Storage Area when processing has been completed Using Socket Service Each Ethernet Unit has eight TCP sockets and eight UDP sockets Open close send and receive processes are available for communications with sockets Open Enables communications on a specified socket A socket must be opened be fore it can be used for socket services Opening a TCP socket establishes a con nection Close Ends use of the socket Breaks the connection for a TCP socket Send Sends data from a specified open socket Receive Specifies an open socket and receives data from that socket These processes are carried out by sending FINS commands to the Ethernet Unit The process from sending a request for processing to completion is shown in the following illustrations 1 2 3 1 Execute a socket service request command MRC 27 for the Ethernet Unit using CMND 490 CPU Ethernet Unit User program ES E f chy SCN SONO Request command A J 121 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 2 CMND 490 ends normally when the socket service request command is re ceived and a response is returned response code 0000 GEL Ethernet Unit User program ES hH HH HO Response h L CMND H HI END
233. ly AF INET cv addr sin addr s addr inet addr SERV IP ADDR cv addr sin port htons FINS UDP PORT singnal SIGALRM recv fail CMND SEND sendlen 18 if sendto sockfd fins_cmnd sendlen 0 amp cv_addr sizeof cv_addr sendlen alarm RESP TIMEOUT START RESPONSE MONITOR TIMER printf send length dEn sendlen elsel err_exit send error RECEIVE FINS RESPONSE Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 83 if recvlen recvfrom sockfd fins_resp MAX_MSG 0 amp cv_addr amp addrlen lt 0 84 if errno EINTR 85 goto CMND SEND RE SEND FINS COMMAND 86 err exit receive error 87 88 elsel 89 alarm 0 STOP RESPONSE MONITOR TIMER 90 printf recv length dEn recvlen 91 if recvlen 14 ILLEGAL RESPONSE LENGTH CHECK 92 err exit FINS length error 93 if fins_cmnd 3 fins_resp 6 fins cmnd 4 fins resp 7 94 ins cmnd 5 fins resp 8 DESTINATION ADDRESS CHECK 95 err exit illegal source address error 96 97 if fins cmnd 9 fins resp 9 SID CHECK 98 err exit illegal SID error 99 100 101 102 CLOSE SOCKET 103 close sockfd 104 105 106 ERROR PROCESSING FUNCTIONS 107 108 err_exit err_msg 109 char err_msg 110 111 printf client s x n err_msg errno 112 exit 1 LLE 114 115 116 SIGNAL CAPTURE FUNCTIONS
234. m a Programming Device such as the CX Programmer or it can be read or cleared using FINS commands from a workstation or computer See 11 3 7 ERROR LOG READ and 11 3 8 ERROR LOG CLEAR Logged Errors The following errors are recorded in the error log e Errors in network operation e Errors in data transfers e Error in the CPU Unit Error Log Table Each error is recorded as one record in an error log table Up to 64 records can be saved If more than 64 errors occur the oldest errors will be deleted from the error log and the most recent error will be recorded The following information is recorded in the error log table 171 Error Log Error Codes Section 10 4 Main error code See table later in this section Detailed error code See table later in this section e Time stamp from the clock in the CPU Unit Error Log Location When an error is detected the error codes and time stamp are recorded in the error log in RAM inside the Ethernet Unit Serious errors are also recorded in EEPROM The errors recorded in EEPROM will be saved even if the Unit is re started or power is turned OFF When the Ethernet Unit is started the contents of the error log in EEPROM is copied to RAM When a FINS command is used to read the error log the log held in RAM is read When a FINS command is used to clear the error log the logs held in both RAM and EEPROM are cleared FINS Commands for The following FINS commands can be used to read or
235. made to secure a short buffer with WAIT when there were no short buffers available c The number of times an attempt was made to release and secure a short buffer already being used by another socket when there were no short buffers available Precautions All the above values are set to 0 if Ethernet communications functions are stopped due to improper settings in the system setup These values are cleared when the Ethernet Unit is started or reset Values will be counted only until the maximum values are reached Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 220 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 24 SOCKET STATUS READ Command Block Response Block Parameters Socket Status Response Precautions Reads the Ethernet Unit network socket status 27 64 Command code 27 64 32 bytes Command Response Socket status code code Returns eight types of information in records of 32 bytes each A maximum of 64 records can be returned The format of each record is shown below Protocol The protocol used for the socket is returned as a number 00 00 00 06 TCP 00 00 00 11 UDP Receive Queue The number of bytes in the reception queue Send Queue The number of bytes in the send queue Local IP Address The local IP address allocated to the socket Local Port Number The local port number allocated to the socket Remote IP Address The remote IP
236. mal i e not corrupted True End 10 Use the type command and change the file data type to binary before exe cuting put Or get 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and start over 1 2 3 1 Go through the procedure in 10 5 1 Startup Problems before starting this procedure 180 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 2 Is the P S indicator lit True Step 5 3 Is a 24 VDC power supply connected True Replace the following items in order to remove the faulty part Power supply cable Power Supply Unit Ethernet Unit 4 Connect a 24 VDC power supply 5 Is the power supply indicator lit on the transceiver True Step 8 6 Is the transceiver cable loose True Connect the cable firmly 7 Replace the following components one at a time in the order given and dis card any faulty ones transceiver cable transceiver Ethernet Unit 8 Execute ping at each node for all nodes on the network to see if commu nications are possible 9 Was not even one response received at every node in the network True Check terminators the coaxial cable and transceiver cables 10 Were responses n
237. mand Response Reference Section 11 3 Timeout Value Command The maximum control time between receiving the receive request and storing the result If this set time limit is exceeded the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code The value is set in units of 0 1 s The time out time is unlimited if the value is set to O Received Data Results Stores the received data Storage Area Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small TCP socket number or number of reception bytes is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket is receiving data No connection could be established to the specified socket High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENOBUFS 0042 see note Received ICMP data EMSGSIZE 0044 see note Received ICMP data ENOPROTOOPT 0045 see note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNABORTED 004B A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004E see note Incorrect destination IP address ENETUNREACH No network number in IP router table Router incorrectly set 004F
238. manipulating dedicated con trol switches for the Ethernet Unit For details refer to 9 3 Internode Test 2 Internode testing of the FINS communications service can also be carried out by means of the FINS commands INTERNODE ECHO TEST and BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ For details refer to 11 3 4 INTER NODE ECHO TEST and 11 3 5 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ 40 SECTION 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations This section explains the System Setup and the words allocated in the CIO Area and the DM Area for Ethernet Units 4 1 Allocated Words isc Rep Eee o de eee ROCCO RESP US 42 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Set p istesno erias de Rh MER MESE RR T eden 43 4 2 Se t hBsac mesehers Dee du Er RON a O 44 4 2 27 Mail Set lgs eR RU e een ead dee pa ed 46 4 3 CIO Area Allocations lee hh hh 50 4 4 DM Area Allocations 0 0 ccc ccc RR I 9 hh 56 41 Allocated Words Section 4 1 4 1 Allocated Words The Ethernet Unit is allocated words in the the following three areas for reading settings and status e System Setup for CPU Bus Units Stores initial setup for the Ethernet node e Allocated Words in the CIO Area Stores software switches and status information for functions e Allocated Words in the DM Area Stores software switch and status information for functions CPU Unit Ethernet Unit CPU Bus Unit System Setup Set using CX Programmer Transferred when power supply is turned ON or Unit is restarted
239. mately 1 ms for Ethernet Units Command 3 ms Response Number of words transferred x 0 011 3 ms The CPU data read processing time is the integer portion of the minimum cycle time which satisfies the following formula Number of words transferred x 0 02 20 ms Integer portion of remote node cycle time Number of words transferred x 0 02 20 ms 77 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Example Calculations Section 5 4 The following example shows calculations for receiving 256 words between two PC nodes using RECV 098 The local node s CPU cycle time is 10 ms and the remote node s CPU cycle time is 15 ms Calculations are shown in the following table Calculation CPU Bus Unit service cycle local node PC cycle time 10 ms CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node Transmission processing time command Reception processing time command Remote node service cycle CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote node 3 4 15 1 256 x 0 011 3 24 816 25 ms CPU data read processing time remote node 256 x 0 02 20 25 12 30 ms Service processing 1 ms Transmission processing time response Reception processing time response Local node service cycle CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node 256 x 0 011 3 5 816 6 ms 256 x 0 011 3 10 1 16 816 17 ms CPU data set processing local node 256 x 0 02 20 25 12 25 m
240. memory This allows files to be exchanged between the host computer and the PC with the host computer functioning as an FTP client and the PC as an FTP server For details refer to Section 7 FTP Server Host computer FTP client 1j FTP command Ethernet Unit CS1 series CPU Unit Memory Card or EM file memory Memory Card or EM file memory 2 5 Mail Data such as user created information 1 024 bytes max in ASCII Ethernet Unit error log information 64 records max and status information can be sent as e mail to specified addresses The e mail can be sent with any of the following three types of timing Simulta neous specification is also possible e When the Mail Send Switch turns ON e When an error occurs when an error log is recorded e At regular intervals This enables periodic e mail and error messages to be sent from the PC to the mail server Mail server Ethernet O Mail Ethernet Unit CS1 series CPU Unit Note 1 A mail server is required in order to use the mail function 2 Mail server settings require specialized knowledge so they should always be handled by the network administrator 3 Be sure you have a clear understanding of the mail system before using this function 17 Mail Section 2 5 4 Mail delivery is not guaranteed Depending on factors such as the condition of the network mail that has been sent may not arrive at its destination 18 SEC
241. meter Area for each socket For example if the Send Request Switch is turned ON when data is being received the response code will be 110C Hex indicating that a Request Switch was turned ON during communications processing The response code for the reception will over write this code when processing has been completed e f more than one Request Switch is turned ON simultaneously the response code will be 110C Hex and all requested processing will end in an error Close processing can be performed however even during open send or re ceive processing This enables emergency close processing Also the only parameter required for close processing is the socket number so a socket can be closed even when parameters are set for another process 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Socket services can be used by setting the parameters in a Socket Service Pa rameter Area in the CPU Bus Unit Area and then turning ON a Socket Service Request Switch When using Socket Service Request Switches a maximum of 8 sockets can be opened simultaneously for the UDP and TCP combined Also the same socket number cannot be used simultaneously for both UDP and TCP There is only one Socket Service Parameter Area for each socket i e the same area must be used for both UDP and TCP An illustration of using Socket Service Request Switches to execute socket ser vices is provided below CS1 series PC
242. most byte of the host number becomes the FINS node number and the rest of the host number becomes all zeroes Example 1 Local IP address 130 25 36 8 Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 Remote FINS node number 5 Host number Remote IP address 130 25 0 5 t_ Becomes 0 Example 2 Local IP address 130 25 36 8 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Remote FINS node number 5 i Host number Remote IP address 130 0 0 5 Becomes 0 Note When using either the address conversion method the default or the combined method set the local IP address switches 7 and 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit and the node number to the same values and set the other host settings to 0 If the values are wrong the ERC indicator will flash Characteristics of Automatic Generation Method The automatic address generation method has the advantage of clarifying the correspondence between the FINS address and the IP address but it also has the following restrictions 1 2 3 1 lt cannot be applied outside of the range with the same network ID 2 The remote host number must be within the range of FINS node numbers 1 to 126 3 The Ethernet Unit s host number and the node number must be set to the same value The automatic address generation method is the default setting so there is no need to set it with the CX Programmer if the setting has not been changed IP Address Table The IP address table method converts the FINS node number to an IP address based
243. mote IP address parameter error ENETUNREACH 0051 See note Remote IP address parameter error EHOSTUNREACH 0053 Error in communications with remote node ETIMEDOUT or remote node does not exist 0066 Internal memory cannot be obtained cannot execute 0080 Open request timed out 0081 The specified socket was closed during open processing 0082 Connection could not be established with specified remote node Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Active Open Request Response code Meaning Normal end Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error cannot execute 100 TCP socket number is not 1 to 8 or local TCP port number is 0 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response code 110C Meaning Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already open or already processing an open request 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2606 Specified socket is already open as UDP socket cannot open TCP socket 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 000D Remote IP address parameter error EACCES 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 See note Error EMSGSIZE 0044 ICMP data re
244. munications Com mands Reference Manual W342 The following table shows how the FINS communications service is used by the communications source and destination for PC to PC and host computer to PC Local node to remote node SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 FINS commands e When the PC executes SEND 090 or When the PC executes CMND 490 a RECV 098 a program is not required for program is not required for receiving a re receiving a response sponse e When the PC receives a SEND 090 or e When the PC receives a CMND 490 in RECV 098 instruction a program is not struction a program is not required for required for processing the instruction processing the instruction Ethernet Unit CPU Unit pg CPU Unit CPU Unit CPU Unit User program HHE prog When addressed to H HOD CPU Unit User program Host computer to PC The host computer issues the data for the SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 in struction as a UDP datagram Programs are required for sending data and for receiving and processing responses e If the PC receives a SEND 090 or RECV 098 instruction a program is not required for processing the instruction Ethernet Unit Host computer I When addressed to CPU Unit UDP packet issued by user program 63 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications Section 5 2 5 2 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications 64 Determine the add
245. n processing refused by ing the remote IP address and remote TCP remote node port number 004B ECONNRESET Connection reset by peer TCP Close the local socket and try reconnecting Socket closed by remote node 004C EADDRNOTAVAIL Can t assign requested address Check the setting of the remote IP address mistake in remote IP address and try reconnecting 004D EAFNOSUPPORT Address family not supported by Close the local socket and try reopening it protocol family 004E ENETUNREACH Network is unreachable Set the path to the remote node in the IP rout er table 004F EHOSTDOWN Host is down Check the remote host and communications path 0050 EWOULDBLOCK Operation would block Close the local socket and try reopening it 0051 EHOSTUNREACH No route to host The specified node does not exist on the des ignated IP network segment Check the com munications path 187 Results Storage Area Response Codes Section 10 7 Response code UNIX error message ETIMEDOUT Description Connection timed out TCP timed out Probable remedy Check the remote host and communications path ESELABORT Used for internal Ethernet Unit pro cessing Close the local socket and try reopening it None Internal memory cannot be allocated for processing the Service cannot be provided Traffic is too high at the Ethernet Unit Correct the user application to reduce traffic at the Ethernet Unit None
246. n units of 0 1 s for completion of communications from the time that the Send Request Switch is turned ON A response code of 0080 Hex time out will be stored if communications time out If O is set the requested service will not be timed Number of Bytes to Send Receive Send the number of bytes to be sent or the number of bytes to receive When the transfer has been completed the actual number of bytes that have been sent or received will be written here Send Receive Data Address Specify the address of the first word to send or the address of the first word where data is to be received Always set the bit number to 00 Hex Offset 15 8 7 0 7 Area Leftmost 2 digits designation of word address 48 Rightmost 2 digits Bit number of word address always 00 Hex The following specifications can be used Word address Area Word address designation Hex Hex 0000 to 6143 0000 to 17FF H000 to H511 0000 to 01FF A448 to A959 01C0 to O3BF D00000 to D32767 0000 to 7FFF EO 00000 to EO 32767 0000 to 7FFF EC 00000 to EC 32767 0000 o 7FFF 6 2 2 Response Codes UDP Socket Open Request 98 When processing of a request has been completed for socket services executed using Socket Service Request Switches a response code will be stored in the Response Code word in the Socket Service Parameter Area The following re sponse codes will be stored depending on the service that was requeste
247. nctions either by manipulating Socket Service Re quest Switches in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area or by sending FINS commands to the Ethernet Unit by executing CMND 490 instruction in the lad der diagram Socket communications services can be used to transfer arbitrary data between a PC and a host computer or between two PCs The Ethernet supports two sock et services a UDP socket service and a TCP socket service Refer to 2 1 3 Se lecting Communications Services for a comparison of the socket services and the FINS communications service 6 1 3 Using Sockets with the Ethernet Unit The Ethernet Unit supports up to 16 simultaneous socket connections for the Socket services 8 each for UDP and TCP sockets Socket numbers 1 to 8 are assigned to sockets for both UDP and TCP sockets Sockets are managed from the ladder diagram program by assigning a socket port for each socket number The socket port number is assigned when the socket is opened Socket ports are assigned to socket numbers UDP socket port 1 H UDP socket 177 Ja UDP open request Socket services TCP socket 8 TCP socket port 65535 7 6 1 4 Socket Port Numbers Port numbers up to 1023 on a UNIX workstation can be used by the superuser only Port numbers 0 to 255 are reserved for well known ports Consequently port numbers 1024 and above should be used for socket services The Ethernet Unit does not support port 0 87
248. nd CMND 490 instructions programmed into the user ladder diagram program Although an outline of these instructions is provided in this section refer to the CS series CSIG H CP E Programmable Controllers Programming Manual W340 for further details on programming these instructions 5 1 Overview of FINS Communications sleleeeeeee eee 62 5 1 1 Communications On an Ethernet Network 00 00 00 00 0022 e eee 62 5 1 2 FINS Communications Service Features 0 0 00 0c ee eee ee eee 62 5 2 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications 00 02 rreren 64 5 3 Sending Commands From a PC 0 te eee 65 5 3 1 Communications Specifications 0 0 eee ee ee ee 65 3 3 2 Program Example sree oe ep kent see oe Sede E A P Eee AO REE Rare t 4 74 5 3 3 Transmission Delays sese ss css rocis se ee e 75 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer 0000 78 5 4 1 Designating Remote Addresses 0 00 eee eese 78 024 0 FINS Framesi boe pne A OU een abe es IN NEP et 79 294 3 Sample Program ce eek no Ee PEERREERNS RUE RSEN POSEE 81 5 4 4 Delays for Accessing PC Memory 00 0 eee eee 83 S BINS Server nes Ve epe Rei Pes ahd Ed de el m Ace 84 61 Overview of FINS Communications Section 5 1 5 1 Overview of FINS Communications The FINS communications service enables client control of operations such as reading or writing server PC memory a
249. nding and receiving data changing modes and so on between nodes on OMRON factory automation networks It provides the following features e Communications instructions are executed in the user program e Writing data changing modes reading detailed information about Units and so on can be executed without any particular knowledge of communications procedures or network classification Overview of FINS Communications Section 5 1 Units and Boards that support FINS commands return responses automatical ly so there is no need for a program at the receiving end e The FINS communications service is mainly used between OMRON CPU Bus Units CPU Units and Support Boards for FA Computers By correctly setting information such as headers however it can also be used from ordinary Ether net communications devices The FINS communications service can be used from a PC with either of the fol lowing three instructions SEND 090 RECV 098 SEND 090 and RECV 098 are used to send and receive data area read ing and writing e CMND 490 CMND 490 is used to send FINS commands The particular FINS com mands that are supported vary depending of the type of Unit or Board For details on FINS commands addressed to Ethernet Units refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Adaressed to Ethernet Units For details regarding FINS commands addressed to CS1 series CPU Units refer to the CS1 series CS1G H CPU L E Programmable Controllers Com
250. nected Unit is busy cannot execute Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 101 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response code 0042 See note Meaning ICMP data received EMSGSIZE 0044 See note ICMP data received ENOPROTOOPT 0045 See note Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED 004B Error in communications with remote node ECONNRESET 004E See note ICMP data received ENETUNREACH 004F See note ICMP data received EHOSTDOWN 0051 See note ICMP data received EHOSTUNREACH 0053 Error in communications with remote host ETIMEDOUT 0066 Internal memory cannot be obtained cannot execute 0080 Receive request timed out 0081 The specified socket was closed during receive processing Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Send Request 102 Response Meaning code 0000 Normal end 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 Number of bytes to send not in allowable range 1101 The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range 1103 The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address
251. net Unit model required Model CSIN ETNO1 Version VXXX i i i ara e A Unit version number required Subnet mask XXX XXX XXX XXX Ethernet Unit IP address required IP conversion Table used User Message TEST MAIL User created information optional Error Log Information CONES Error Detail Description Error log information optional 01 01 99 12 00 00 0006 0000 CPU unit error 01 01 99 12 30 00 0121 0101 Destination IP address not registered Status Information Error Status IP router table error OFF IP address table error OFF Routing table error gt OFF Address mismatch OFF Transceiver error OFF Transceiver loopback test error OFF Body EEP ROM error OFF Executing the Internode test OFF UDP Socket Connection Status UDP Socket No 1 connection status Opened UDP Socket No 2 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 3 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 4 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 5 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 6 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 7 connection status Closed i i j UDP Socket No 8 connection status Closed Status information optional TCP Socket Connection Statu TCP Socket No 1 connection status Established TCP Socket No 2 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 3 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 4 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 5 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 6 connection status Closed TCP Socket
252. nit s IP address e pa in eight digits hexadecimal HS 8 Unit Number Switch Used to set the Ethernet Unit s unit number in one digit hexadecimal Node Number Switches Used to set the Ethernet Unit s FINS node number in two digits hexadecimal ee ME Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet transceiver cable Power Supply Terminals Used to connect an external 24 VDC power supply for the transceiver 23 Unit Components Section 3 3 Each communications device connected to the Ethernet network is allocated a unique Ethernet address For the Ethernet Unit this Ethernet address is shown on the right side of the Unit as a 12 digit hexadecimal number omron CS1W ETNO1 EXTERNAL POWER SOURCE 24VDC 400m Ethernet Address Ethernet address 12 digits Note The Ethernet address can also be checked using the FINS command CON TROLLER DATA READ Refer to 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ 3 3 2 Indicators The status of the indicators show the operating status of the Unit Indicator Status Meaning Not lit Operation stopped Hardware error Lit Normal operation P S Not lit Power is not being supplied to the transceiver Power Supply Lit Power is being supplied to the transceiver ERC Not lit Unit normal Ethernet Unit Error Lit Node number not between 1 and 126 A hardware e g internal memor
253. nother Ethernet Unit The node number must still be set from 01 to 7E however or the ERC indi cator will light Note Turn OFF the power supply before setting the node number 3 4 3 Setting the Local IP Address The nodes on an Ethernet network are identified by IP addresses Each IP ad dress is set with 32 bits of binary data These 32 bits are divided into four 8 bit fields called octets and each octet is expressed as four decimal numbers At the Ethernet Unit four bits are expressed as on hexadecimal digit and the eight hexadecimal rotary switches the Local IP Address Switches on the back of the Unit are used to set the local IP address Set the eight switches in hexadecimal as shown below combining SW1 and SW2 SW3 and SW4 SW5 and SW6 and SW7 and SW8 Each switch can be set from 0 to F ve DEM o ul on ESE B ara y935 Setting range 3555 Y S y ES seo ekle oer STE A yo 039 x EE etos S SECA MN D Se Bega IRA ER Local IP Address Switch No 11112 131 4 15 6 17 18 The switches are all factory set to 0 00 00 00 00 The Ethernet Unit cannot be used with this setting a proper IP address must be set The following settings cannot be made for the IP address or the ERC indicator will flash All bits in the network number field set to 0 or 1 All bits in the host number field set to O or 1 All bits in the subnet number field
254. ns 223 Terminators 4 commands FINS commands 190 FTP commands 146 communications See also ARP communications Ethernet communications FINS communications ICMP communications IP communications SMTP communications TCP commu nications UDP communications FINS 12 FTP server 12 17 mail 12 17 setting 46 selecting 14 socket services 12 15 testing 164 connections troubleshooting 180 connectors pin layout 28 Contact Output Units installation 229 interference with Ethernet 229 precautions 229 CONTROLLER DATA READ 193 CONTROLLER STATUS READ 195 CPU Bus Units flags 237 Restart Bits 238 System Setup 38 43 current consumption 6 CX Programmer 5 32 creating routing tables 35 settings 44 System Setup 38 D DAI 81 DA2 81 data areas FINS communications 192 delete 49 dimensions 6 247 dir 147 DM Area 42 allocations 56 242 DNA 80 E EC Directives xvii 253 Index echoback test 164 EM File Memory 141 EMC Directives xvii EMI countermeasures 230 ERC indicator 24 troubleshooting 170 ERH indicator 24 troubleshooting 170 ERROR LOG CLEAR 198 ERROR LOG READ 197 errors alignment 196 controller status 195 CRC 196 error codes 172 error log 171 clearing 198 reading 197 error messages 150 error status 171 flags FINS communications 195 hardware error 24 PC error 24 response codes 184 short packets 196 status 54 unit
255. nstruction Services Turns OFF when the next request is received Connected by TCP TCP UDP Open Flag Turns ON when open processing has been completed Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Stays OFF for abnormal open processing completion Note The status of these flags can also be checked using the CX Programmer Opening Flag Bit 0 Turns ON when an open request is received either by control switch manipula tion or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the open process ing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Error Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Opening Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation Receiving Flag Bit 1 Turns ON when a receive request is received either by control switch manipula tion or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the receive proc essing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Er ror Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Receiving Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation 52 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Sending Flag Bit 2 Turns ON when a send request is received either by control switch manipulation or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the send processing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Error Flag
256. nt as mail user created informa tion in ASCII as shown below 15 87 0 53 S i 79 y DM00200 DMOO201 DO0202 000203 DMOO204 0100205 D00206 000207 Duoo2o8 wos 9 160 Mail Example Section 8 3 2 Turn ON the Mail Send Switch in the CIO Area words allocated to the CPU Bus Unit n CIO 1500 25 x unit number 1514 43210 SE d ET to For Unit 5 for example the Mail Send Switch address is CIO 162503 Mail Send Switch SET162503 The status such as mail being processed and so on is reflected in the User Mail Status Area in the DM Area words allocated to the CPU Bus Unit Check the sta tus as required User Mail Status D30000 100 x unit number 17 bits 0 to 2 Status Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch or no mail is being sent Mail being processed Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was normal Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was abnormal Mail cannot be sent due to System Setup error Note 0 OFF 1 ON 161 SECTION 9 Testing Communications This section describes functions that allow you to test communications 9 1 9 2 PING Command Ethernet Unit Host Computer Internode Test Communications Testing Functions
257. nt transceivers 227 recommended products 223 Transmission Control Protocol See TCP communications transmission delays reading PC memory 83 socket services 92 troubleshooting FINS communications 175 FTP server 179 mail 181 network connections 180 procedures 174 socket services 186 startup 174 TCP sockets 178 UDP sockets 176 UNIX error messages 186 using indicators 170 258 TS indicator 24 type 148 U UDP CLOSE REQUEST 203 UDP communications 7 comparison with TCP 88 data fragmentation 90 precautions 62 90 programming example 114 133 socket services parameters 96 sockets troubleshooting 176 UDP OPEN REQUEST 199 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST 200 UDP SEND REQUEST 201 unit numbers error indicator 24 setting 25 user 147 User Datagram Protocol See UDP communications user name specifying 147 V vibration resistance 6 W weight 6 wiring precautions 28 223 transceiver cables 28 word addresses 192 237 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W343 E1 1 Revision code The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision Page numbers refer to the previous version Revision code Date Revised content February 1999 Original production 259
258. ntained in the file e The file can be automatically read to or writ ten from the CPU Unit simply by specifying the extension STD Files Data files trans ferred at startup AUTOEXEC I O Memory data for the specified number of words starting from D20000 e There does not necessarily need to be a data file in the Memory Card when the auto matic file transfer function is used at startup e The AUTOEXEC IOM file always contains DM Area data starting at D20000 e All data in the file will be transferred to memory starting at D20000 at startup Program files AUTOEXEC Complete user program e There must be a program file in the Memory Card when the automatic file transfer func tion is used at startup e Contains all the programs for cyclic tasks and interrupt tasks as well as task informa tion for one CPU Unit Parameter area file AUTOEXEC Note Initializing File Memory 1 Refer to information on file memory in the CS1 series CS1G H CPU e PC Setup e Registered I O tables Routing tables e CS1 CPU Bus Unit Setup and other Setup data See Note 1 e There must be a parameter file in the Memory Card when the automatic file trans fer function is used at startup e Contains all of the parameter data for one CPU Unit e There is no need for the user to distinguish the various types of data contained in the file All parameters in the file will be automa
259. o terminals Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning Wire all connections correctly Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power sup ply Incorrect wiring may result in burning Mount Units only after checking terminal blocks and connectors completely e Be sure that the terminal blocks Memory Units expansion cables and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfunction e Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it on the Unit Not checking the program may result in an unexpected operation Do not lay communications cables near power lines or high voltage lines Always lay communications cables in ducts Do not pull on the communications cables or bend the communications cables beyond their natural limit Doing either of these may break the cables Do not place objects on top of the communications cables or other wiring lines Doing so may break the cables e Before touching a Unit be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static built up Not doing so may result in malfunction or dam age e When transporting or storing Units place them in special packing boxes and do not allow them to be subject to excessive shock or vibration during trans portation Conformance to EC Directives 6 6 6 1 6 2 Conformance to EC Directives Applicable Directives
260. o any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted TCP Socket No 1 to 8 Connection Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m9 to m 16 Epp EESTI ES L TCP connection status The connection status for each TCP socket is stored by code in this word For details refer to Appendix 4 TCP Status Transitions 58 DM Area Allocations Section 4 4 Mail Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 m 17 User mail status Periodic mail status Error log mail status The transmission statuses of user mail periodic mail and error log mail are stored in this word as shown in the following table Mail is either waiting to be sent or can be sent using the Mail Send Switch No mail is being sent Mail is being sent Mail is either waiting to be sent or can be sent using the Mail Send Switch The previous mail transmission was completed normally Mail is either waiting to be sent or can be sent using the Mail Send Switch An error occurred in the previous mail transmission Mail cannot be sent system setting error Socket Services Parameter Area 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Offset Socket Socket No 1 No 8 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 m 18 m 88 UDP TCP socket number 1 to 8 1 m 19 m 89 Local UDP TCP port numb
261. ocket Port Numbers iis edo ASR ORAS eee eae ees 87 6 1 5 Differences between TCP and UDP 0 0 00 ro 88 6 1 6 Opening TCP Sockets rssi e A A cee eae 88 6 1 7 Fragmentation of Send Data 20 cece eee e 90 6 1 8 Maximum Transmission Delays 0 00 e eee eee eee 92 6 1 9 Precautions in Using Socket Services 0 0 0 cee eee ee eee 92 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches o oo ooooooooo 94 6 2 1 Socket Service Parameters 00 eee eee 95 6 2 2 Response Codes vel pr BRS sha who Reon ee oe ees GEI 98 6 2 3 Socket Service Request Switches 103 6 2 4 UDP TCP Socket Status cosi ninie s oa ge solve a ew ae eyed RR 105 6 2 5 Application Procedure 00 0 0 cee e 106 6 2 6 Socket Services and Socket Status 107 6 2 7 Timing Charts zc Stes oad oie gee ee eda Ra Deoa CUR 108 6 2 8 TCP IP Communications Programming Example 004 110 6 2 9 UDP IP Communications Programming Example eus 114 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 2 0 ccc ee eh 119 6 3 1 UDP TCP Socket Status 1 0 0 0 ee cee 120 6 3 2 Socket Services and Socket Status 0 2 0 eese 123 6 3 3 Communications Timing Chart 0 0 0 2 ee 124 6 3 4 Socket Service Timing Chart llle 124 6 3 5 TCP IP Communications Programming Example 005 126 6 3 6 UDP IP Communications Programming Example
262. od for specifying the FINS UDP Select the combined method for the address conversion method in the System Setup and create an IP address table Communications with PC on another network such as Controller Link Use the CX Programmer to set the local network table and the relay network table at the CPU Unit Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 5 3 Sending Commands From a PC FINS commands can be sent from the user s ladder diagram program in the PC by using the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions SEND 090 Writes I O data from the local node to another node RECV 098 Reads I O data from another node to the local node CMND 490 Issues FINS commands for controlling operations such as sending and receiving I O memory data to and from other nodes reading information re garding other nodes and so on 5 3 1 Communications Specifications The following table shows the specifications for PC communications using the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions Item Specifications Destination 1 1 SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 instructions 1 N SEND 090 CMND 490 instructions broadcasting Data length SEND 090 990 words 1 980 bytes max broadcasting 727 words 1 454 bytes RECV 098 990 words 1 980 bytes max CMND 490 1 990 bytes max broadcasting 1 462 bytes after FINS command code Data contents The following data is sent and received wi
263. of these specifications and be sure you understand them before attempting to install an Ethernet System Unless you are already experienced in installing communications systems we strongly recommend that you employ a profes sional to install your system For information regarding basic installation precautions equipment recom mended products and installation examples refer to Appendix A Network Installation 3 6 2 Ethernet Connectors The following standards and specifications apply to the connectors for the Ether net transceiver cable e Electrical specifications Conforming to IEEE802 3 standards e Lock structure IEEE802 3 standards for slide latches Connector Signal name Signal pin direction Signal ground Collision detection signal Input Send data Output Signal ground Receive data Power ground common with signal ground Not used CO NN OD Or A OW PO Signal ground Collision detection signal Input Send data Output Signal ground Receive data Input Transceiver 12 VDC power supply Output Signal ground Not used Connector Frame ground hood 3 6 3 Connecting the Transceiver Cable N Caution Turn OFF the PC s power supply before connecting or disconnecting transceiv er cable 1 2 3 1 Prepare a coaxial cable 2 Connect the transceivers to the coaxial cable e Mark the coaxial cable at intervals of 2 5 meters Then
264. ommands that can be sent to an Ethernet Unit and the responses that are returned by the Ethernet Unit Various Appendices are provided for reference Refer to the table of contents for a list of the appendices PRECAUTIONS This section provides general precautions for using the CS 1 series Programmable Controllers PCs and related devices The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of Programmable Control lers You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PC system 1 Intended Audience 2 General Precautions 3 Safety Precautions 4 Operating Environment Precautions 0 0 0 eee I 5 Application Precautions 6 Conformance to EC Directives xiv xiv xiv XV XV xvil xiii Safety Precautions 1 2 3 xiv Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowl edge of electrical systems an electrical engineer or the equivalent Personnel in charge of installing FA systems Personnel in charge of designing FA systems Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities General Precautions N WARNING The user must operate the product according to the performance specifications described in the operation manuals Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual o
265. on results have been checked the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF TCP Receive When the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing 113 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000003 000203 I 34 When the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8203 E800 Hex Send receive data address DO1000 D30026 0000 Hex No timeout time D30018 D30023 D30025 0000 D30026 151904 RSET 000203 000003 000203 HA After the parameter has been set the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 is turned ON and the TCP Receiv ing Flag CIO 000203 is turned OFF 000003 000203 151904 If the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 turns OFF while the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF the 000103 gt contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned O
266. on results have been checked the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF UDP Send When the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000002 000202 MOV 21 0001 D30018 MOV 21 0424 D30020 MOV 21 2037 D30021 MOV 21 1000 D30022 MOV 21 e o o R D30023 MOV 21 8200 D30024 MOV 21 0000 D30025 000002 000202 I 3 151903 m ES RSET 000202 000002 000202 151903 m E D30027 000102 0000 000002 000202 151903 RSET 000002 000003 RSET 000103 000203 Continued on next page When the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30020 and D30021 C424 2037 Hex Remote IP address 196 36 32 55 D30022 1000 Hex Remote UDP TCP port No 4096 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8200 0000 Hex Send receive data address D00000 After the parameters have been set the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 is turned ON and the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned OFF If the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 turns OFF while the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000200 is O
267. onments subject to high temperatures or high humidity Grounding e Ground all devices requiring grounding to 100 W or less using AWG 14 wire cross sectional area of 2 mm or better and a ground cable length of 20 m or less Electrical shock can occur between ungrounded devices in the System The lack of proper grounds can also corrupt data Use one safety ground on each segment of the network e Inductive voltages can be generated due to lightning surges when coaxial cable is installed outdoors requiring special measures Request outdoor installation from a professional 224 Network Installation Appendix A Transceiver Installation Examples The following illustrations show examples of installing transceivers in the ceiling and under the floor Ceiling Installation Inspection opening Mount near an inspection opening large enough to enable maintenance Free access Floor Installation 225 Network Installation Appendix A Ceiling Installation Examples Coaxial cable above ceiling e Transceiver Distribution panel Metal duct Corner box Transceiver cable Wire protector Installation Examples for Noise prone Environments Ethernet networks do not withstand noise very well and require special installation measures if installed where subject to noise The remainder of this section describes measures for dealing with noise Note Although the measures described in this section are sui
268. oor contacts wipe the contacts with a clean cloth soaked with industrial alcohol Carefully remove any lint remaining on the contacts before replacing the Unit Settings after Replacing an Ethernet Unit After replacing an Ethernet Unit set the following to the same settings as were used on the previous Unit e Unit number e Node number e IP address Settings After Replacing a CPU The EEPROM in the PC s CPU holds the information listed below This information must be stored in any new CPU used to replace a defective one e Routing tables e System Setup for the Ethernet Unit 249 Appendix J Inspections Carry out regular inspections to ensure the Ethernet Unit is functioning perfectly Items Most of the parts that make up an Ethernet Unit are semiconductor components None of the parts in the Unit will wear out after a specific lifetime but some parts may deteriorate due to extreme operating condition Therefore it is important to inspect the Unit regularly Inspection Interval Normally inspect once or twice per year Choose the inspection period according to the severity of the operating conditions New installation should be inspected more frequently until they are judged to be stable Inspection Items Correct any of the items in the table below not conforming to the specified standard Details Standard Environment Temperature around Unit 0 to 55 C Humidity around Unit 10 to 90 with no condensation Accumulat
269. or EM File Memory if desired If a local file name is specified the file information will be stored in the specified file in the host computer Example ls dir Format dir REMOTE FILE NAME local file name Function Displays the file names date created and size of the files in the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory It displays the same information as com mand Is 1 Specify a file name in the Memory Card or EM File Memory as the remote file name If a local file name is specified the file information is stored in the specified file in the host computer Example dir rename Format rename CURRENT FILE NAME NEW FILE NAME Function Changes the specified current file name to the specified new file name rename can be used only to change the file name It cannot be used to move the file to a different directory mkdir Format mkdir DIRECTORY NAME Function Creates a directory of the specified name at the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory An error will occur if a file or directory of the same name already exists in the working directory 147 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 rmdir Format rmdir DIRECTORY NAME Function Deletes the directory of the specified name from the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory The directory must be empty to delete it An error will occur if the specified directory does not exist or is empty pwd Format pwd Function Displays the remote host s Eth
270. ork number 1 Node number 50 Unit number 0 Host computer Remote node IP address 196 36 32 50 IP address 196 36 32 100 FINS network node unit 1 50 0 Hex FINS network node unit 1 100 0 Hex Ethernet Example 2 Internetwork In this example the host computer and the remote node Ethernet Unit are on Addressing different networks connected by a relay node The communications parameters specified from the host computer would be as follows Destination IP Address 196 36 32 100 Ethernet Unit of relay node UDP port number FINS UDP port number Ethernet Unit of relay node FINS addresses Remote node CPU Unit Network number 2 Node number 1 Unit number 0 FINS addresses Host computer Network number 1 Node number 50 Unit number 0 Host computer IP address 196 36 32 50 Relay node Remote node FINS network node unit 1 50 0 hex IP address 196 36 32 100 FINS network node unit 2 1 0 Hex Ethernet Controller Link Unit 5 4 2 FINS Frames The FINS communications service is carried out through the exchange of FINS command frames and their corresponding response frames There are also commands with no responses Both command frames and response frames are comprised of a FINS header for storing transfer control information a FINS command field for storing a com mand and a FINS parameter data field for storing command parameters and transmission response data 79 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section
271. ort 0 Completion Code Communications Port 1 Completion Code Communications Port 2 Completion Code Communications Port 3 Completion Code Communications Port 4 Completion Code Communications Port 5 Completion Code Communications Port 6 Completion Code Communications Port 7 Completion Code The meanings of the communications port completion codes are the same as those for FINS commands and responses When CMND 490 is used however even if a FINS command has an abnormal completion it will not be reflected in the communications port completion code For details refer to Communications Port Error Flag and Completion Codes for CMND 490 below Bits 08 to 15 in the communications port completion code correspond to the first byte of the response code and bits 00 to 07 correspond to the second byte For details refer to 10 6 Troubleshooting With Response Codes Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Communications Port Error Flag and Completion Codes CMND 490 Errors that occur when CMND 490 is used generate a Communications Port Error Flag and are recorded in a communications port completion code only in the following cases e When a response timeout error has occurred e When the number of communications data bytes exceeds the maximum value for the Unit i e 2 000 bytes for the Ethernet Unit e When the actual number of response bytes is greater than the number of re ception bytes that has been set T
272. ost computer actively opened Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 FINS network address 01 Hex Node address 01 Hex Unit number 10 Hex The data will flow between the CPU Unit Ethernet Unit and host computer as shown in the following diagram Line Ethernet Ethernet Unit CPU Unit Request Switches and 2 execution bits turned ON Sent to line see Note 4 CMND 490 response Processing in host computer Results stored in results storage area Execution bits turned OFF Note Here execution bits refer to CIO 000000 to CIO 000003 which are used in the Basic Operations 126 ladder diagram to control execution of communications and are not system flags such as the Port Enabled Flags A20200 to A20207 CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a passive TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit Data 100 bytes is sent beginning at D02005 e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D04022 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Hespons
273. ot received only between certain nodes True Make sure the distance between transceivers on the coaxial cable is a multiple of 2 5 m Check IP address settings Make sure that the remote node supports ICMP 11 Is an FTP client not mounted on the remote node True Mount an FTP client 12 Are you using FINS communications e g SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 True Do an internode test 13 Read protocol status using the FINS command READ PROTOCOL STA TUS and check the following parameters in the returned status data If any of these items have actually been counted the remote node may not sup port the relevant service IP all communications Items 2 through 6 ICMP PING Items 5 through 8 TCP FTP and TCP sockets Items 4 through 6 under reception status UDP FINS and UDP sockets Items 1 through 3 If item 4 8 or 9 under the IP status is being counted there may be too much traffic through the Ethernet Unit Check your user applications 10 5 7 Mail Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the procedure and start over 1 2 3 1 Is the ERH indicator lit True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address
274. outine is called when an illegal packet is received error in IP option processing or error in relay processing or if the object port does not exist when using UDP Always 0 Always 0 215 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 4 Total number of outputs of each packet type during ICMP output The 19 sta tistical values are returned in the order shown below Contents are defined for 13 types only all other types contain 0 Only 0 3 14 16 and 18 are counted by the Ethernet Unit 0 1 2 3 4 5 to 15 16 17 18 4 bytes Echo reply Undefined always 0 Destination unreachable Source quench Routing redirect Undefined always 0 Echo Undefined always 0 Time exceeded Parameter problem Time stamp Time stamp reply Information request Information request reply Address mask request Address mask reply 5 The number of received ICMP packets discarded because the type indica tion code was out of range 6 The number of received ICMP packets discarded because the overall pack et length value in the packet header was smaller than the minimum ICMP packet length 7 The number of received ICMP packets discarded because of an incorrect checksum value in the packet header 8 The number of received ICMP packets discarded because the ICMP header length value in the packet header did not match the lengths of individua
275. owing chart Request Switch 9 Response code Response code stored Flag Request Switch Request Not synced with tumed ON accepted Request Switch Closing during Other The Close Request Switch or Force close Switch can be used to close a socket Processes even when open receive or send processing is being executed Closing is the only other process that is possible during other processes 108 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Close Request Switch The processing results are stored as the response code when the Close Re quest Switch is used There will always be one PC cycle time between turning OFF the Request Switch for the canceled process and turning of the Close Re quest Switch allowing time for the response code to be read At least one PC cycle time be tween response codes Open Send or Receive 1 Request Switch 0 i D 1 T 1 1 1 1 1 D Close Request Switch i Response Code ME BE i SAt err Response code stored A UNS Opening Sending or Didier DU UU CREE 0 CCC Receiving Flag 0 a i ERE i Tous LE o AN Closing Flag i 0 com EAA E MEE 1 i AA A D 1 Open Flag ces i i SO t eet 4 Request Switch Request i turned ON accepted Close request 1 accepted Not synced with Close Request Request Switches Switch turned ON Note The Open Flag will not turn ON at all if a close request is made
276. p The settings for the Ethernet Unit s basic and special functions are made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup These settings and the situations in which the set tings must be made are shown in the following table For details on how to make the settings refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 3 9 1 When Settings are Required Settings When settings are required Broadcast setting When Ethernet is used with UNIX 4 2BSD specifications Address conversion method e When the FINS communications service is used on an Ethernet network When it is necessary to set a value outside of the range of 1 to 126 for the least signifi cant byte of the local IP address UDP port number for FINS When it is necessary to set a value other than the default 9600 for the FINS UDP port number Subnet mask When it is necessary to set a subnet mask FTP login name When setting the login name and password at the FTP server FTP password IP address table e When the FINS communications service is used on an Ethernet network When it is necessary to set a value outside of the range of 1 to 126 for the least signifi cant byte of the local IP address IP router table When the Ethernet network is configured with multiple segments Mail function When the mail function is used Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup for details 3 9 2 Using a Programming Device The settings for the CPU Bus Unit System Setup must be made by a CX Pro
277. pair cable by connecting the Ethernet Unit to a 10BASE T conversion adapter Related Programming Devices Section 1 4 2 A 24 VDC power supply is required even if a 10BASE T conversion adapter is used 10BASE T conversion adapter e n 1 4 Related Programming Devices The Ethernet Unit functions as a node on the Ethernet network The basic set tings for operation are made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup in the CS1 se ries CPU Unit Use the CX Programmer to make the settings Personal computer running Windows CX Programmer CPU Bus Unit System Setup CS1 series CPU Unit The following items are included in the System Setup Screen Default Setup Screen Broadcast setting All 1 4 3BSD specifications Address conversion method Automatic generation FINS UDP port number 9600 Subnetwork mask 0 0 0 0 Uses value corresponding to IP address class FTP login name CONFIDENTIAL FTP password Not set IP address table Not set IP router table Not set Mail Setup Screen Mail settings None set User created mail data address Not set Local node address Not set Destination address Not set SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Not set When using the default values that are already stored in the CS1 series CPU Unit there is no need to make any settings with the CX Programmer Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup for details on the above settings Specifications Sec
278. plication to reduce traffic at is too much traffic at the local node the Ethernet Unit preventing data from being sent 23 Environment IP address conversion failed Check the IP address and subnet mask in the error no such System Setup and be sure that settings are Unit correct IP address conversion is set for automatic Check the mode settings in the System Setup conversion only This error will be generated for the READ IP ADDRESS command only Network Relay Errors For network relay errors using SEND 090 or RECV 098 check the path of the command using the routing tables and the nature of the error using the response code to eliminate the cause of the error For network relay errors using CMND 490 the location of the relay error is re corded in the second through third words of the response as shown below 1st byte 2nd byte Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 First word Dat qe ASE LL 1 yO Command code Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 T T T T T T T T T T T Second word Mair response code MRES Sub response code SRES i LY l 1 PC Non fatal Error Flag 1 PC Fatal Error Flag t 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 iudi Relay Error Flag Bi T T T T T Third word Error network acdress l l T T T T Error node number 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes The response codes stored in th
279. ponse FINS UDP Port Number Response Mode Setting Response The Ethernet Unit mode and version are returned as ASCII characters occupy ing 20 bytes each i e 20 characters each If all bytes are not used the remain ing bytes will be all spaces ASCII 20 Hex Example Model CS1W ETNO1 Version V1 00 The Ethernet Unit s IP address and subnet mask are returned as 4 bytes each The Ethernet Unit s UDP port number for FINS is returned as 2 bytes The mode setting in the system setup is returned Bit 15 00 Others all 0 Broadcast setting IP address conversion FINS UDP port number designation Broadcast Setting 0 All 1s for host number 4 3BSD specification 1 All Os for host number 4 2BSD specification IP Address Conversion 00 01 Automatic generation 10 IP address table 11 Both methods IP address table automatic generation FINS UDP Port Number Designation 0 Default value 9600 1 System setup value Ethernet Address Response The Ethernet address of the Ethernet Unit is returned The Ethernet address is Response Codes 194 the address marked on the label on the side of the Ethernet Unit 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 3 CONTROLLER STATUS READ Command Block Response Block Parameters Error Flags Response 15 14 13 12 Reads the controller status
280. priority control flow control and other measures to ensure communications reli 7 IP Addresses Section 1 7 TCP FINS SMTP FTP 1 7 1 7 1 ability are not performed for UDP communications i e there is no way of guar anteeing normal communications without programming special measures to do so into the user s application program Transmission Control Protocol Performs communications after establishing a connection i e a virtual circuit with the target node to provide a highly reliable communications method Factory Interface Network Service A protocol that sends messages between PCs on any of various OMRON FA networks The user must provide measures such as retry processing to ensure that transmitted messages arrive at the des tination node Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A communications protocol for sending e mail by TCP IP File Transfer Protocol Transfers data files IP Addresses Ethernet networks use IP addresses for communications IP addresses Inter net addresses identify both the Ethernet network and the node host computer Ethernet Unit etc on the Ethernet network IP addresses must be set and con trolled so that they are not duplicated IP Address Configuration IP addresses are made up of 32 bits of binary data divided into four 8 bit fields called octets These four octets provide the network number net ID and host number host ID The network number identifies the network an
281. ption Bits A50100 through A50115 can be turned ON to reset CPU Bus Units number 0 through 15 respectively The Restart Bits are turned OFF automatically when restarting is completed The CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags A30200 to A30215 will turn ON when initialization of the Units begins and turn OFF when it is completed 0 No setting error 1 Setting error Settings OFF to ON Unit restarted Automatically turned OFF by system after restart processing has been completed Appendix F CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit The CPU Bus Units including Ethernet Units are allocated words in the CPU Unit s CIO Area and DM Area ac cording to the unit numbers This appendix is provided for easy reference For details refer to Section 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations CIO Area Allocations Each Unit is allocated 25 words in the CIO Area as shown in the following table Unit No Allocated words decimal CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 Unit No decimal Allocated words CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 239 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit
282. r applying the product to nuclear control systems railroad systems aviation systems vehicles combustion systems medical equipment amusement ma chines safety equipment and other systems machines and equipment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly consult your OMRON representative Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient for the systems machines and equipment and be sure to provide the systems machines and equipment with double safety mechanisms This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this manual close at hand for reference during operation It is extremely important that a PC and all PC Units be used for the specified purpose and under the specified conditions especially in applications that can directly or indirectly affect human life You must consult with your OMRON representative before applying a PC System to the above mentioned applications Safety Precautions N WARNING N WARNING N WARNING N WARNING N Caution Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Any a
283. rage address UDP port reception response number bytes code The UDP socket number to receive data specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 192 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified The maximum number of bytes of data to be received is given in the command The number of bytes of data received will be stored in the results storage area Up to 1 984 bytes can be specified The maximum control time between receiving the receive request and storing the result If this set time limit is exceeded the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code The value is set in units of 0 1 s The time out time will be unlimited if the value is set to 0 The IP address of the node sending data The port number of the node sending data The data sent from the remote node If a packet is received which contains more bytes than the number specified in Number of reception bytes specified in the command the specified number of bytes will be stored and the remainder of the bytes will be discarded Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response Codes Normal IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too
284. rall length in the UDP header All the above values are set to 0 if network operation stops due to incorrect set tings in the system setup Counting will be stopped when a count reaches the maximum value The maxi mum values are as follows IP ICMP or UDP status 7FFFFFFF 2 147 483 647 decimal TC status FFFFFFFF 4 294 967 295 decimal 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 11 3 23 MEMORY STATUS READ Command Block Response Block Parameters Memory Status Response 1 2 3 Reads the status of the Ethernet Unit s network memory The network memory contains 196K bytes that are used as required as for communications buffers for communications servicing The network memory consists of 1 056 short buffers 128 bytes each and 64 long buffers 1 024 bytes each Refer to Appendix C Buffer Configuration 27 63 Command code 27 63 92 bytes Command Response Memory code code status A total of 23 data items in six areas are returned in the following order Each item consists of 4 bytes 1 Short Buffer Application Two items are returned 8 bytes a The number of short buffers currently being used b The number of short buffers in the system fixed at 1 056 decimal 2 Short Buffer Application by Type Thirteen items are returned 52 bytes a The number of short buffers used for storing communications data b The number of short buffers used for protocol headers
285. rating environments can lead to malfunction failure and other unforeseeable problems with the PC System Be sure that the operating environment is within the specified conditions at installa tion and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system Fol low all installation instructions and precautions provided in the operation manu als 5 Application Precautions N WARNING Caution Observe the following precautions when using the PC System Always heed these precautions Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury e Always connect to a class 3 ground to 100 or less when installing the Units Not connecting to a class 3 ground may result in electric shock A class 3 ground to 100 Q or less must be installed when shorting the GR and LG terminals on the Power Supply Unit e Always turn OFF the power supply to the PC before attempting any of the fol lowing Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric shock Mounting or dismounting I O Units CPU Units Inner Boards or any other Units Assembling the Units e Setting DIP switches or rotary switches Connecting cables or wiring the system Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the PC or the system or could damage the PC or PC Units Always heed these pre cautions e Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to
286. re is also a Socket Force close Switch in bit 2 of the first word allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area When the Socket Force close Switch is turned ON all sockets that are open will be force closed Refer to page 51 for details 104 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 6 2 4 UDP TCP Socket Status The status of the UDP and TCP sockets is provided in the Socket Status Words shown in the following diagram There is a status word for each socket for both UDP and TCP The Socket Status Words are allocated in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CPU Area starting at the the word n 1 The value of n can be calculated from the unit number as follows n 1500 25 x unit number 15 8 7 0 nei UDP Socket No 1 Status n2 UDPSocetNo 28tats n3 UDP Socket No 3 Status n 4 UDPSocketNo 4Status n 5 _ UDP Socket No 5 Status m6 _____ _ UDP Socket No 6 Status n 7 UDP Socket No 7 Status m8 UDP Socket No 8 Status n 9 TCP Socket No 1 Status SA neto TOPSocketNo 2Status AS E Mea TCP Socket No 3 Status n 12 TCP Socket No 4 Status n13 o gt TCP SocketNo 5Status nd4 TOP Socket No 6 Status ca IES TCP Socket No 7 Status n 16 TCP Socket No 8 Status The flags shown in the following diagram are provided in the Socket Status Words for socket service requests made with the Socket Service Request Switches 15 1
287. rea data without the need to program these operations into the server PC user program The Ethernet Unit uses a ded icated UDP IP port to execute the FINS communications service Refer to FINS UDP Port Number under 4 2 1 Settings 5 1 1 Communications On an Ethernet Network Ethernet header IP header UDP header Data is sent and received as UDP packets on an Ethernet network The FINS port number default value 9600 set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is used for FINS communications Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup UDP User Datagram Protocol packet FINS frame Ethernet ECS Ethernet Unit Note or host computer UDP packet FINS command UDP packet FINS response Ethernet Unit When a FINS command is issued from the Ethernet Unit the IP address is found from the FINS address specified by CMND 490 For details refer to 3 1 Before Operation The UDP IP protocol does not provide communications control to ensure com munications reliability Consequently the FINS communications services using the UDP IP protocols cannot guarantee that any message arrived safely and un altered at the destination Methods to ensure reliability such as retries and ap propriate processing of FINS responses must be programmed into the user ap plication 5 1 2 FINS Communications Service Features 62 The FINS communications service is a function for controlling operations such as se
288. ress conversion method for the destination IP address Automatic Generation Automatically converted from FINS node number Set the IP address rotary switch on back of Unit so that the host number s least significant byte the FINS node number Determine the FINS UDP port number Is the FINS UDP port numbe other than 9600 Set the FINS UDP port number for all Ethernet Units on the Ethernet network to the default of 9600 Determine the network configuration Communications with PC on local network The only Communications Units mounted are Ethernet Units required FINS messages by SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 Routing table settings are not Create a user program for issuing IP Address Table Converted from table of corre spondences between FINS node numbers and IP addresses Combined Method IP address table is referenced if IP address is not registered then it is converted from FINS node number Select the IP table address method for the address conver sion method in the System Set up and create an IP address table port number Set the FINS UDP port numbers for all of the Ethernet Units on the Ethernet network to the same value Communications Units other than Ethernet Units are also mounted Use the CX Programmer to set the local network table at the CPU Unit In the System Setup select user defined as the meth
289. ress table records are not returned The response returns the actual number of records read The maximum number of records that can be stored in the IP address table is returned The maximum number of stored records is fixed at 32 The number of IP address table records stored at the time the command is executed is returned as a hexadecimal number The number of IP address table records specified in the number of records pa rameter is returned The total number of bytes in the IP address table records is calculated as the number of records x 6 bytes record The configuration of the 6 bytes of data in each record is as shown in the following diagram 1 6 bytes 00 FINS node IP address number FINS Node Number Node number for communications via the FINS command IP Address IP number used by TCP IP protocol If the IP address table contains fewer records than the number specified in the number of records parameter all the records contained in the IP address table when the command is executed will be returned and the command execution will end normally An error response will be returned if the IP address conversion method in the system mode settings is set to the automatic generation method Normal Command too large Command too small IP address conversion method is set to the automatic generation method 213 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 21 IP ROUTER TABLE REA
290. resses Therefore IP addresses are converted from FINS addresses Ethernet Unit User program CS1 series CPU Unit Network address 5 To Node number 23 Address conversion To 153 211 32 114 To 153 211 32 114 There are three ways to convert addresses as follows e Automatic generation the default e IP address table e Combined method using both automatic generation and I O address table Use the CX Programmer to select the address conversion method in the System Setup For an explanation of how to make the setting refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 3 1 1 Automatic Address Generation 20 Automatic address generation converts addresses using the FINS node number as the host number of the IP address The network ID of the local IP address is used for the network ID The IP address of a remote node is calculated from the local Ethernet Unit s IP address the subnet mask and the remote node number Fins node number as follows Remote IP address local IP address AND subnet mask OR remote FINS node number Example The remote IP address is calculated for the node using the following settings Local IP address 130 25 36 8 decimal Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 decimal Remote FINS node number 5 130 25 36 8 Local IP address AND 255 255 255 0 Subnet mask 130 25 36 0 OR 5 Remote FINS node number 130 25 36 5 Remote IP address Before Operation Section 3 1 Note The right
291. ro tocol data will be fragmented into units of 536 bytes An example of fragmentation and transmission of data using the UDP is shown in the following illustration 1 The transmission user program sends a request to send 1 984 bytes of data 2 The Ethernet Unit fragments the send data into Data A with 1 472 bytes and Data B with 512 bytes 3 Data A and Data B are sent consecutively Overview Section 6 1 4 When the receiving user program sends a request to receive 1 984 bytes of data Data A and Data B are linked to restore the original data which is passed to the user program Sending User Program Ethernet Unit Receiving Node Receiving User Program 1 Send request 1 984bytes 1 472 bytes Source data Data A i 4 First receive request 1 984 bytes 4 Data B 1 il Data A DataB H 512 bytes 2 3 As shown above the UDP protocol handles data communications as data grams so that the send data is restored to the original data before being passed to the user program Consequently if the data length in the receive request is set to the length of the send data the entire data can be received using a single re ceive data request However if the data length in the receive data request is set smaller than the actual length of the data all received data exceeding the set data length will be discarded 91 Overview Section 6 1
292. rocessing Number of words transferred x 0 02 20 ms Time Note 1 The actual operating environment can cause transmission delays larger than those calculated with the methods given here Among the causes of longer delays are the following traffic on the network window sizes at net work nodes traffic through the Ethernet Unit e g socket servicing FTP server communications etc and the system configuration 2 The CPU data set processing time is the standard when the peripheral ser vice time is set in the CPU Unit System Setup to the default of 496 As this value is increased the processing time is shortened Example Calculations The following example shows calculations for sending 256 words between two PC nodes using SEND 090 The local node s CPU cycle time is 10 ms and the remote node s CPU cycle time is 5 ms Calculations are shown in the following table hem SCs Calculation CPU Bus Unit service cycle local node PC cycle time 10 ms CPU Bus Unit service processing time local 1 ms node Transmission processing time 256x0 011 325 816 6ms Reception processing time 256 x 0 011 3 5 816 6ms CPU Bus Unit service cycle remote node 5 ms CPU Bus Unit service processing time 1 ms remote node CPU data set processing time remote node 256x0 02 20 25 12 25 ms Total 10 1 6 6 5 1 25 54 ms 76 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 RECV 098 RECV 098 executed in user program
293. rogramming Console or CX Programmer to the PC Applicable Programming The following Programming Devices can be used with CS1 series PCs Devices Programming Console Model number Key Sheet required Recommended cable required C200H PRO27 E CS1W KS001 E CS1W CN224 cable length 2 0 m CS1W CN624 cable length 6 0 m CQM1 PRO01 E CS1W CN114 cable length 0 1 m CX Programmer Model number WS02 CXP E The operations are explained here using a Programming Console For details regarding the CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual Connecting To connect a Programming Console attach a CS1 series Key Sheet and then Programming Devices connect the Console to the PC s peripheral port It cannot be connected to the RS 232C port 3 7 3 Procedure for Creating an I O Table The procedure for creating an I O table is shown here taking as an example an I O table that is generated automatically for a PC connected online In this exam ple a Programming Console is used for creating the I O table For an explana tion of how to create an I O table using a CX Programmer refer to the CX Pro grammer User s Manual 32 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Use the following procedure to create the I O table Initial screen Save or clear the CPU Bus Unit System Setup E 3 8 Creating Routing Tables When the FINS communications service is used routing tables must be created
294. roubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 6 Do the RUN and ERH indicators not light if another CPU Unit is mounted to the Rack True Replace the Ethernet Unit 7 Replace the CPU Unit that didn t work 8 ERC indicator not lit True Step 14 9 Is the same node number used by another Unit True Set the node numbers so that each one is used only once 10 Create the I O tables in the CPU Unit 11 Replace the following components one at a time in the order given and dis card any faulty ones transceiver cable transceiver Ethernet Unit 12 Is the node number set between 01 and 7E Hex True Replace the following items in order to eliminate the faulty part Ethernet Unit transceiver transceiver cable 13 Set the unit number to between 01 and 7E Hex 14 ERH indicator not lit True Step 18 15 Is the same unit number used by another CPU Bus Unit True Set the unit numbers correctly 16 Has a CPU Unit error occurred in the PC s CPU Unit True Restart the CPU Unit If the error persists replace the CPU Unit 17 Set the Setup and routing tables correctly 18 ERH indicator not flashing True Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 180 19 Is the IP address incorrect True Correct the IP address in the System Setup and read out the con troller status using the READ CONTROLLER STATUS command in FINS communications and correct any problems indicated 20 Make sure that the node number
295. rs 05 Routing error 01 Remote node is not set in the routing Set the destination address in the routing tables tables 02 Routing tables aren t registered Set routing tables at the local node remote completely node and any relay nodes 03 Routing table error Set the routing tables correctly 04 The maximum number of relay nodes 2 Redesign the network or reconsider the routing was exceeded in the command table to reduce the number of relay nodes in the command Communications are possible on three network levels including the local network 10 Command 01 The command is longer than the max Check the command format of the command format error permissible length and set it correctly Be sure broadcast transmissions don t exceed 1 473 bytes 02 The command is shorter than min Check the command format of the command permissible length and set it correctly 03 The designated number of data items Check the number of items and the data and differs from the actual number in the make sure that they agree command data 05 Data for another node on the same Check the header parameters in the command network was received from the network data and be sure the correct command format An attempt was made to send response S being used data for a broadcast address 11 Parameter 00 The parameters in the command data are Check the parameters error incorrect The UDP TCP socket number was not Be sure the socket number is between 1 an
296. ruction 1 There are eight communications ports so up to eight communications instructions can be executed at a time The number of messages that can be sent or received with a single CPU Bus Unit ser vice though is not more than two each for the CPU Unit to the Ethernet Unit and for the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit Execution Communications condition Port Enabled Flag C Input A remains ON from start to completion of commu KEEP 011 A aput A ret C nications instruction Reset B Remote Node Network Participation Flag Creates operand and control data in a given area cs Local Node Network Participation Flag Operand control data created with MOV and Communications instructions Executes communications instructions Communications Port Enabled Flag e Creates reset input Turns reset B ON after execution of communications in struction DIFU 013 B Communications A Port Error Flag L A Send Error Flag display Retry can be executed 4 Execution Communications condition Port Enabled Flag A A Reset D Exclusive control so execution is not simultaneous Use exclusive control so that no other communica tions instructions are started before execution of the above communications instruction is complete KEEP 011 C Continued in same way 71 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Communic
297. s Total 10 1 3 25 304 1 6 17 25 118 ms 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Commands and responses sent from host computers must be in the formats de scribed in this section and must provide the proper FINS header information These formats can also be used to decode commands and responses received from other network nodes 5 4 1 Designating Remote Addresses UDP sockets are used when sending FINS commands from a host computer to a PC This section provides examples of addressing remote PCs from the host 78 computer for communications 1 The FINS UDP port number at the Ethernet Unit is set to the default of 9600 It can be changed in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup but the same FINS UDP port number must be set for all of the Ethernet Units on the same Ether net network 2 Even if the Ethernet network is comprised of multiple segments set the same value for the FINS network number Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 Example 1 Intranetwork In this example the host computer and the remote node Ethernet Unit are on Addressing the same network The communications parameters specified from the host computer would be as follows Destination IP Address 196 36 32 100 Ethernet Unit of remote node UDP port number FINS UDP port No Ethernet Unit of remote node FINS addresses Remote node CPU Unit Network number 1 Node number 100 Unit number 0 FINS addresses Host computer Netw
298. s possible Contact outputs r h B Ethernet Unit To transceiver Attach several ferrite cores designed for EMI countermeasures on the transceiver cable near the transceiver The transceiver must also be placed as far away from the Contact Output Units and their wiring as possible Contact Output Unit Transceiver Measures Ethernet Unit Ferrite core eset x nw ee s Transceiver 230 Parameter TCP send buffer Appendix B Ethernet Network Parameters 4 096 bytes Description Maximum capacity of the TCP send buffer TCP receive buffer 4 096 bytes Maximum capacity of the TCP receive buffer UDP send buffer 9 000 bytes Maximum capacity of the UDP send buffer UDP receive buffer 9 016 bytes Maximum capacity of the UDP receive buffer RAW send buffer 2 048 bytes Maximum capacity of the RAW send buffer RAW receive buffer 2 048 bytes Maximum capacity of the RAW receive buffer FINS receive buffer 16 383 bytes Maximum capacity of the FINS receive buffer Hold timer 75 s 12 min max The hold timer is used for active open processing of TCP sockets A ETIMEDOUT error will occur if connection is not completed within 75 s Resend timer Initial value 1s Maximum value 64 s The resend timer is used to monitor completion of reception of arrival confirmations when transferring dat
299. s and node number CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Internode Test Function a RE A RC D CE as e Oh SE mach Refer to 9 3 Internode Test Internode test number of send bytes Internode test response monitoring time Internode test status i Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Number of internode test runs 2 Number of internodetesttimeouterrors Number of internode test response errors Number of internode test send errors Number of times internode test data did not match TCP socket No 1 connection Status e ee ha a c Socket Services Refer to Section 6 A ei E mp m e A Socket Services TCP socket No 8 connection status Mail function Mail status Refer to Section 8 Mail Socket Services Parameter Area 1 CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit SOCKEL Services Parameter AERE TE Ee ao ll Socket Services Refer to Section 6 SUS SRS OSE Rig A e a eus Sic Socket Services Socket Services Parameter Area 8 IP Address Display Area Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit The meanings of the items shown in the above diagram are explained on the following pages For details regarding the related communications services shown in the diagram refer to the indicated sections Internode Test Remote Network Address and Node Number CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m Remote network address Remote node number Specify the remote network address and node number in hexa
300. same port number and IP address If the Remote IP Address is set to 0 a connection can be made to any remote node and the remote IP address of the node that is connected will be stored as the Remote IP Address in the Socket Service Parameter Area If a specific re mote I O address is set then a connection can be made only to the node with the specified address If the Remote TCP Port No is set to 0 a connection can be made to any remote node regardless of the TCP port number it is using If a specific remote TCP port number is set then a connection can be made only to a node using the specified TCP port number Remote UDP TCP Port No Specify the UDP or TCP port number used by the remote device e This parameter is not used when making a receive request for a UDP socket The remote UDP TCP port number will be stored with the response data and will be written as the Remote UDP TCP Port No in the Socket Service Param eter Area e When opening a passive TCP socket the combination of the remote IP ad dress and the remote TCP port number can be used to affect processing as shown in the table for the Remote IP Address above If the Remote UDP TCP Port No is set to 0 the UDP TCP port number of the remote device will be writ ten as the Remote UDP TCP Port No in the Socket Service Parameter Area 97 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Time Out Time Set the time limit i
301. se When the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a TCP CLOSE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D01030 First command word D01040 First response word D00010 First control data word The TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Clos ing Flag CIO 150903 turns OFF while the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01050 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF 131 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Continued from previous page 000002 000102 SET 000202 000002 000202 A020200 HH CMND 490 D02000 D03000 D00020 RSET 000202 000102 000002 000202 A20200 150102 150114 D03010 0000 000002 000202 A20200 150102 RSET 000002 RSET 000103 00020
302. se the following subnet mask values will be used depending on the IP address class Class Network mask value 255 0 0 0 255 255 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 1 8 Precautions Be sure to observe the following precautions when installing and using an Ether net Unit 1 8 1 Installation Observe the following precautions when installing an Ethernet System Refer to Section 3 Installation and Initial Setup for details 1 2 3 1 Use transceiver cable that meets IEEE802 3 standards to ensure high noise resistance 2 Use a transceiver with a current consumption of not more than 0 4 A per port 3 Always turn off the power supply to the PC before connecting or disconnect ing the transceiver cable 4 Be sure not to exceed the current capacity of the Power Supply Unit on the Rack to which the Ethernet Unit is mounted The current consumption of the Ethernet Unit is 400 mA maximum This value added to the current con sumption of all other Units mounted to the same Rack must not exceed the capacity of the Power Supply Unit 5 Do not install the transceiver cables or coaxial cables of the Ethernet Sys tem near power supply lines If installation near possible sources of noise is unavoidable install the cables in grounded metal ducts or take other mea sure to eliminate noise interference 1 8 2 Ethernet and IEEE802 3 Standards The Ethernet Unit was designed based on version 2 Ethernet standards and not on the internat
303. selected Default User data not included in mail when error is registered to error log Selected User data included in mail when error is registered to error log Sending Error Log Information for Errors Specify whether or not all error log information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent whenever an error is registered to the error log Not selected Default Error log information not included in mail when error is registered to error log Selected Error log information included in mail when error is registered to error log 47 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 48 Sending Status Information for Errors Specify whether or not status information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent whenever an error is registered to the error log Not selected Default Status information not included in mail when error is registered to error log Selected Status information included in mail when error is registered to error log Periodic Mail Specify whether or not mail is to be sent at the time intervals set for the mail inter val in the mail settings The following types of data can be specified to be sent as mail e User data Refer to Periodic Mail for User Data below e Error log information Refer to Perio dic Mail for Error Log Information below e Status information Refer to Periodic Mail for Status Information If none of these types of data is selected mail wi
304. sending data TCP 209 UDP 201 status 52 TCP sockets number 96 status 58 235 troubleshooting 178 testing communications 211 timing charts 124 UDP socket number 96 UDP sockets 78 troubleshooting 176 software configuration 7 specifications 6 Ethernet connectors 28 SRES 191 status reading memory status 219 reading protocol status 215 reading socket status 221 sub response code 190 See also SRES subnet masks 9 address conversion 20 reading from Unit 193 setting 45 subnet numbers 9 switches 23 settings 25 Socket Service Request Switches 55 103 unit control 51 SYSMAC BUS 2 65 SYSMAC LINK 65 system configuration 3 Ethernet Systems 4 System Setup 5 38 CPU Bus Units 42 43 n TCP CLOSE REQUEST 210 TCP communications 8 140 comparison with UDP 88 data fragmentation 90 precautions 90 programming example 110 126 socket services parameters 96 sockets 88 status 235 troubleshooting 178 status 217 TCP indicator 24 257 Index TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE 206 TCP OPEN REQUEST PASSIVE 204 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST 207 TCP SEND REQUEST 209 temperature 6 Terminators 4 precautions 223 timers 231 timing socket communications 124 socket services 124 transceivers 4 cables 4 connections 28 connector specifications 28 precautions 224 recommended products 223 grounding 224 installation examples 225 precautions 224 multipoi
305. set to 1 The beginning of the IP address set to 127 7F Hex Example 127 35 21 16 26 Mounting to a Backplane Section 3 5 Note 1 When using the automatic generation method for address conversion set switches 7 and 8 to the same values as the node number setting and set the rest of the host number to zeroes For details regarding the host number refer to 1 7 IP Addresses The value for the host number field in the IP ad dress must match the value for the node number or the ERC indicator will flash Ifa subnet mask is to be set use the CX Programmer to set it in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 3 5 Mounting to a Backplane 3 5 1 Mounting Position Ethernet Units can be mounted to any slots in either a CS1 series CPU Rack or a CS1 series Expansion CPU Rack but the number of slots to which they can be mounted depends on the Backplane Up to four Ethernet Units can be mounted to a single PC If it is mounted in combination with other CPU Bus Units e g Controller Link Units the maximum total number of CPU Bus Units that can be mounted is 16 Note Tighten PC Backplane mounting screws to a torque of 1 2 Nem and the Unit s screws to a torque of 0 8 Nem CS1W BC023 BC033 BC053 BC083 BC103 CPU Backplane CPU Rack gt 0 Can mount to any position 85 amp with 2 3 5 8 or 10 slots e 2 3 5 8 or 10 slots
306. sible to obtain the required information from the mail data True Correct the following errors Correct the user generated mail address Check the user application to be sure that there is not too much traf fic at the Ethernet Unit Is notification given for recurring mail True Step 16 Is the send status for recurring mail 7 True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 0 0 0 0 Correct the recurring mail send information settings the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send informa tion Is the send status for recurring mail 0 True If sending recurring mail is not set in the Setup make the proper set tings If sending recurring mail is set in the Setup go to Step 24 Is the send status for recurring mail 6 True Check the communications path Correct the SMTP server address Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Correct the IP router table Something is blocking communications or equipment on the com munications path is not set correctly Is the destination mail address incorrectly set True Correct the destination mail address in the Setup Error mail will be held at the SMTP server if the destination mail address is incorrect Be sure the send destination mail address is set correctly Is required information missing from the mail
307. small UDP socket number or number of reception bytes is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket is currently receiving data The specified socket is not open High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes Normal Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high reception load ENOBUFS Internal memory cannot be allocated cannot execute service A receive request timeout error occurred The specified socket was closed while receiving data 11 3 11 UDP SEND REQUEST Requests that data be received by a UDP socket Command Block 27 08 1984 bytes max Command UDP Results storage area Destination IP Destination Number of Send data code Socket address UDP port bytes sent number number Response Block FEE Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response Number of code bytes sent Parameters UDP Socket Number The UDP socket number to send the data specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the result of the command execution is stored The first byte Command specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the
308. ss used for the host number to 0 The subnet mask must be set only when configuring a sys tem which includes subnetworks If no subnet mask is set the subnet mask will be automatically set to one of the following values depending on the local IP address setting Class Subnet mask value Class A IP address 255 0 0 0 Class B IP address 255 255 0 0 Class C IP address 255 255 255 0 The default is 0 0 0 0 A value corresponding to the IP address class is used FTP Login Name Enter the user s FTP server login name using up to 12 characters Alphanumeric characters hyphens commas quotation marks and underlines can be used in login name Once the login name has been set a password must also be set or both the FTP login name and FTP password will be invalid If the login name is incorrectly specified or if no login name is specified at all the default login name of CONFIDENTIAL will be used and no FTP password will be required The default is for no FTP login name to be set FTP Password Enter the Units FTP server password using up to eight characters Alphanumer ic characters hyphens commas quotation marks and underlines can be used as password characters If a login name has been set then a password must also be set or both the FTP login name and FTP password will be invalid The default is for no FTP password to be set IP Address Table This table contains the conversion data used to generate IP addresses from FIN
309. st Switches and ex ecution bits turned ON see Note Execution bits turned OFF Note Here execution bits refer to CIO 000000 to CIO 000003 which are used in the ladder diagram to control execution of communications Basic Operations e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit Data 100 bytes is sent beginning at D00000 e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D01000 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Response Codes for information on errors 110 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Program Memory Map The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagram DM Area D00000 D00049 D01000 D01049 CIO Area The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15t08 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0000 Re
310. st therefore issue RECEIVE REQUEST commands frequently enough to prevent the internal buffers from becoming full The UDP socket sets a broadcast address for the remote node address to broadcast data to all nodes of the network simultaneously The maximum length of broadcast data is 1 472 bytes Data in multiple fragments over 1 473 bytes for a UDP socket cannot be broadcast The UDP socket does not check the transmitted data to ensure communica tions reliability To increase communication reliability communications checks and retries must be included in the user application program If the TCP socket of the remote node closes the connection is broken during communications the TCP socket at the local node must also be closed The communications Results Storage Area can be used to check if the connection has been broken Close the local socket immediately after detecting that the remote TCP socket has closed The following situations indicate that the re mote socket has closed TCP Receive Results Storage Area Response code 004B error at remote node TCP Send Results Storage Area Response code 0020 connection broken with remote socket during trans mission Data can remain in a buffer at the local node if the remote TCP socket closes during communications Any data remaining in the buffer will be discarded when the TCP socket is closed To avoid problems of this nature steps will have to be taken in the application program s
311. stem Connecting The Ethernet Unit supports the server functions of FTP file transfer protocol a standard protocol in TCP IP A host computer functioning as an FTP client on the Ethernet can read or write individual files in a Memory Card mounted to the CPU Unit or in EM file memory Only one FTP client can connect at the same time Ethernet network EM file memory C UU ORT LU RT Note The PC however is unable to read or write files at other nodes using FTP be cause the Ethernet Unit does not support FTP client functions The file system in the CPU Unit that can be accessed by the Ethernet Unit in cludes files in any Memory Card mounted in the CPU Unit and files in EM file memory The directory tree is shown below root MEMCARD Memory card directory EM EM file memory directory A connection will be initially made to the root directory Note 1 The date of the MEMCARD directory displayed for 1s or dir commands in the root directory will be the date of the file system volume label 2 The login date will be displayed for EM files and for MEMCARD if a volume label has not been created to the FTP Server The host computer must connect to the FTP server before the FTP server func tions can be used The login name and password set in the CPU Bus Unit Setup will be used when connecting Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup The FTP server in the Ethernet Unit can connect to only one client at a time I
312. t Format mget FILE NAME Function Allows the use of a wildcard character to transfer multiple remote files from the Memory Card or EM File Memory to the local host put Format put file name DESTINATION FILE NAME 148 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 Function Transfers the specified local file to the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory A destination file name can be used to specify the name the file is stored under in the Memory Card or EM File Memory Any existing file with the same name in the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory will be overwritten by the contents of the transferred file If an error occurs during file transfer the file being transferred will be deleted and the transmission will end in an error mput Format mput FILE NAME Function Allows the use of a wildcard character to transfer multiple local files to the re mote host Memory Card or EM File Memory Any existing file with the same name in the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory will be overwritten by the contents of the transferred file If an error occurs during file transfer the file being transferred will be deleted and the transmission of that file will end in an error However mput execution will continue and remaining files will be transferred delete Format delete FILE NAME Function Deletes the specified remote file from the Memory Card or EM File Memory mdelete Format mdelete FILE NAME Function Allows
313. t command data Change the network so that traffic is not concentrated Check for nodes sending illegal packets Change the network so that traffic is not concentrated Check the routing tables Set the remote node in the IP address table Select the IP address table or both methods for the address conversion method Change the network so that traffic is not concentrated Reduce the size of events Logic error in setting table 01 Data link table 02 Network parameters 03 Routing tables 04 Setup 05 CPU Bus Unit Words CIO DM Recreate the data specified by the 2nd byte of the detailed error code 173 Troubleshooting Procedures Meaning Parameter error packet discarded Section 10 5 Detailed error code Correction 1st byte 2nd byte Commands Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 Responses Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 Check the command format and set the correct command data CPU Bus Unit error Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit Arbitrary Saved CPU Bus Unit memory error Note 1 If the time information cannot be read from the CPU Unit the time stamp in Restart the CPU Unit If the error problem persists replace the 02 Write Ethernet Unit error log Saved except for error 01 Read 06 Error log The time information in the CP
314. t using CMND 490 D04000 First command word D04010 First response word D00030 First control data word The UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Re ceiving Flag CIO 150101 turns OFF while the UDP Re ceiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the com mand code D04020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF SECTION 7 FTP Server This section describes the functions provided by the FTP server T l OVerview puteet h aoa eee Sepe lad d o ee RUPIAH ERES 140 7 2 Setting Login Names and Passwords sleeeeeeeeeee eee 141 7 3 0 Using Elle Memory e eth cee eee ek OA RON ee RR Dea HIP WES 141 7 4 FTP Server Application Example 00 0 0 eee 145 7 5 Using FTP Commands e gic da RE AES Aas RR eee epee eee 146 7 5 1 Table of Commands 00 ce cee eae 146 7 5 2 Using the Commands srera eines KA e A E e 147 7 5 3 Error Messages and FTP Status 2 0 0 eee eee ee 150 7 6 UNIX Application Example 0 0 0 eee ee eens 152 139 Overview Section 7 1 7 1 Overview File Sy
315. table to certain levels of noise programming retries in communications will still be required Although some protocols provide for automatic retries UDP IP FINS communications and UDP sockets does not and the user must program retries in user applications Metal Ducts 1 2 3 1 Place the coaxial cable in metal ducts 2 Place transceivers into metal boxes placing a wooden board or other insu lating board between the box and the transceiver The transceiver and the metal box must be electrically insulated from each other 3 If the transceiver cable is also in a noise prone area place it into a metal duct as well 226 Network Installation Appendix A 4 Refer to the CS1 series CS1G H CP E Programmable Controllers Operation Manual W339 for information on wiring inside distribution boxes 4 Distribution box 1 m Ethernet Unit CSt series PC i Transceiver cable 3 Metal duct es Wooden board 1 Metal duct Transceiver p di 2 Metal box for transceiver C DM 2 Metal box for transceiver Note 1 Cover all metal portions of cables with insulating tape to be sure they do not come into contact with the metal ducts or boxes 2 Securely ground all distribution boxes and metal boxes around transceivers The lower the ground re sistance the more effective the shields will be Multipoint Transcei
316. ted by Internode Test Start Switch Unit operation Socket Force close Switch Mail Send Switch Reference Internode Test Start Switch Executes internode test while ON Stops internode test 9 3 Internode Test Socket Force close Switch All sockets are forcibly closed when this bit turns ON Turned OFF by Unit after sockets are closed Page 109 Mail Send Switch User mail is sent when this bit turns ON Turned OFF by Unit after user mail has been sent 8 1 3 Sending Mail Not used Internode Test Start Switch Bit 1 Internode testing is executed and stopped by turning ON and OFF this switch The parameters for designating the remote node for testing and so on are set in the allocated words in the DM Area For details refer to 9 3 Internode Test The CX Programmer can also be used to set parameters and control internode tests Socket Force close Switch Bit 2 All UDP and TCP sockets used for socket services can be force closed by turn ing ON this switch This can be used for operations such as error processing Be careful not to force close sockets during communications or an error will oc cur After all sockets have been force closed the Ethernet Unit will turn the switch OFF again Do not attempt to forcibly manipulate this switch before it is automatically turned OFF by the Unit Ports used exclusively by the Ethernet Unit will not be closed
317. th the execution of each instruction SEND 090 Sends request for remote node to receive data and receives response data RECV 098 Sends request for remote node to send data and receives response data CMND 490 Sends any FINS command and receives response data Communications port Ports 0 to 7 Eight transmissions can occur simultaneously number Response monitor time 0000 2 s default 0001 to FFFF 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in 0 1 s increments specified by user Number of retries 0 to 15 retries Note 1 The maximum data length is limited to 512 bytes for data exchange between the PC and SYSMAC LINK Systems or the PC and SYSMAC BUS 2 Re mote I O Systems 2 When broadcasting do not require a response PC Communications The following table shows the I O data areas involved when SEND 090 and Data Areas RECV 098 are used CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Area A000 to A959 See note 1 Timer Area TIMOOO0 to 4095 Counter Area CNT0000 to 4095 DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area E00000 to E32767 See note 2 Note 1 Data cannot be written to words A000 to A447 in the Auxiliary Area 2 A maximum of 13 banks in the EM Area can be used For details regarding the EM Area refer to the operation manual for the PC that is used 65 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 SEND 0
318. the FTP client e The Ethernet Unit is considered to be the remote host and the host computer FTP client is considered to be the local host A remote file is a file on the Memory Card or in EM File Memory in the CPU Unit A local file is one in the host computer FTP client 146 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 e The parent directory is the directory one above the working directory 7 5 2 Using the Commands open Format open IP addressOr host name of FTP server Function Connects the FTP server Normally when the FTP client is booted the FTP serv er IP address is specified to execute this command automatically user Format user user name Function Specifies the user name Specify the FTP login name set in the Ethernet Unit system setup The default FTP login name is CONFIDENTIAL If a non default login name is used it must be followed by the password In this case enter the FTP password set in the system setup The user name is automatically requested immediately after connection to the FTP server Is Format ls 1 REMOTE FILE NAME local file name Function Displays the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory file names Set the switch I to display not only the file names but the creation date and size as well If the switch is not set only the file names will be displayed You can specify a file name in the Memory Card
319. the use of a wildcard character to delete multiple remote files from the Memory Card or EM File Memory close Format close Function Disconnects the Ethernet Unit s FTP server bye Format bye Function Ends the FTP client quit Format quit Function Ends the FTP client 149 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 7 5 3 Error Messages and FTP Status Error Messages The error messages returned by the Ethernet Unit are listed in the following table Message Meaning PPP is a directory The path name indicated at PPP is a directory PPP is not a directory The path name indicated at PPP is not a directory Another unit has access authority FINS error 0 x 3001 Another Unit currently has the access right Bad sequence of commands The RNFR command has not been executed Can t create data socket X X X X YY A socket cannot be created Cannot access a device FINS error 0 x 250F A file device error has occurred Cannot get memory blocks A message memory block cannot be allocated Command format error FINS error 0 x 1003 The command format is incorrect Connect error A connection error has occurred Directories of the old and the new paths are not same The directories before and after changing the name are different Directory name length exceeded max size The directory name is too long Directory not empty FINS error 0 x 210
320. tical ly transferred to specified locations in memory at startup E Programmable Controllers Operation Manual W339 EC All files transferred automatically at startup must have the name AUTOEX Memory Initialization method Insert the Memory Card into the CPU Unit Initialize the Memory Card from a Programming Device Programming Consoles included Specify in the PC Setup the first bank to convert to file memory Initialize EM File Memory from the CX Programmer 143 Using File Memory Section 7 3 Data File Format The format of data files files with OM extensions is shown in the following dia gram 0 1 2 3 4 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Byte position from the beginning of the file RP Reserved 48 bytes Data Set the reserved bytes to all zeros 00 Hex Writing Data Files via In this example the put command see page 148 is used to write the following FTP data to a file called DMDATA IOM on a Memory Card and then the READ DATA FILE instruction FREAD 700 is used to write 5 words of data from the begin ning of the DMDATA IOM file to D00000 to D00004 C Control word 0000 Read data from Memory Card 1 E S2 Filename 2 S1 First source word A E D to read 5 First word to read 0 D First destination word Contents of DMDATA IOM Data File co 00137 aa E4 F3 CC 0B 3C 5F A2100 l J R d Data 10 bytes
321. tion Note The mail function can be used to send user created information error log infor mation and status information as e mail to an address set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup Mail can be triggered in any of the following ways e When an error is registered to the error log e At regular intervals e When a dedicated control switch is turned ON A mail server is required in order to use the mail function Mail server settings require specialized knowledge and should always be handled by the network administrator Be sure you have a clear understanding of the mail system before using this function Mail delivery is not guaranteed Depending on factors such as the condition of the network mail that has been sent may not arrive at its des tination Overview of Mail Function Section 8 1 8 1 1 Mail Contents Date and time Ethernet Unit e mail address Date Fri 1 Jan 1999 13 00 00 0900 From alpha omron co jp Message Id lt XXXXXXXXXXX omron co jp To beta omron co jp Subject OMRON Ethernet Unit Mail Service posted at regular intervals Content Type text plain charset US ASCII Destination e mail address Title fixed Header i ing 7bi Content Transfer Encoding 7bit Content type fixed This is OMRON ethernet unit mail posting service This mail have been posted at regular intervals Ethernet Unit lent ification Ether
322. tion 1 5 1 5 Specifications Item Specifications Model number CS1W ETNO1 Applicable PCs CS1 series PCs Unit classification CPU Bus Unit Mounting location CPU Rack or Expansion Rack Number of Units that can be mounted 4 max including Expansion Racks Transfer Media access method CSMA CD specifications Modulation Baseband Transmission paths Bus Baud rate 10 Mbps Transmission media Coaxial cable Transmission Segment length 500 m max distance Distance between nodes 2 500 m max Number of connectible nodes 100 segment max Distance between nodes Multiples of 2 5 m Transceiver cable length 50 m max Current consumption Unit 400 mA max at 5 VDC External power supply Capacity 0 3 A min at 24 VDC per node Inrush current 2 5 A max when 24 VDC startup time is 5 ms Permissible voltage fluctuation range 20 4 VDC to 26 4 VDC 24 VDC 15 to 10 Recommended power supply OMRON S82J series Power supply to transceiver Capacity 0 4Aat 12 V Voltage fluctuation range 13 05 VDC to 14 48 VDC Ripple 296 p p Vibration resistance Conforms to JIS C0911 10 to 57 Hz 0 075 mm amplitude 57 to 150 Hz acceleration 9 8 m s 1G in X Y and Z directions for 80 minutes each Time coefficient 8 minutes x coefficient factor 10 total time 80 minutes Shock resistance Conforms to
323. to another Unit a request is made to the CPU Unit and the result is sent back to the remote node as a response e Following the FINS header information the Ethernet Unit serves as a gate way for FINS commands and responses between other Communications Units mounted to the same PC Socket services The Ethernet Unit supports up to 16 ports 8 TCP ports and 8 UDP ports for socket interface with respect to the ladder program When this function is used communications can be carried out by either TCP or UDP with various devices on the Ethernet network This function can be used by either manipulating dedicated control switches in memory or by executing CMND 490 1 Manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Socket services can be used by first setting the required parameters in the Socket Service Parameter Area allocated in the DM Area refer to4 4 DM Area Allocations and then turning ON dedicated control switches in memory There is no need to monitor the completion timing for instructions or Socket services so the work hours involved in developing ladder programs can be reduced Only eight socket ports UDP and TCP combined can be used with this method For any ports that exceed that number use the CMND 490 instruction Using CMND 490 Socket services can be used by utilizing the CMND 490 instruction to execute FINS commands Up to 16 socket ports can be used with CMND 490 FTP server The FTP server function allows d
324. to determine when processing has been completed The results of processing will be stored in the words specified when CMND 490 was executed once the requested processing has been completed Basic FINS Command The basic format for FINS commands used for socket services is shown in the Format following diagram 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Byte order from the beginning of the frame Command Socket Results storage area Parameters code number Command Code Specifies the process code requested from the socket Socket Number Specifies the socket number for the process between 1 and 8 Results Storage Area Specifies the area to store the results of the requested process Parameters Specifies the parameters defined for the command code Note If there is more than one Communications Unit mounted to the PC the FINS net work address must be set as a parameter for CMND 490 and a local network table must be created in the routing tables from the CX Programmer 119 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 1 UDP TCP Socket Status The status of the UDP and TCP sockets is provided in the Socket Status Words shown in the following diagram There is a status word for each socket for both UDP and TCP The Socket Status Words are allocated in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CPU Area starting at the the word n 1 The value of n can be calculated from the unit number
325. trans Check the protocol and controller status by mission error reading them with FINS commands Increase the number of transmit retry attempts Response time out response watchdog Increase the value for the response monitor timer interval too short time in the control data The transmission frame may be corrupted Read out the error log and correct as required or the internal reception buffer full 184 Troubleshooting with Response Codes Section 10 6 Main code Sub code Probable cause Remedy 03 01 Error occurred in the communications Take corrective action referring to Communications controller ERC indicator is lit troubleshooting procedures in this section controller error 02 CPU Unit error occurred in the PC atthe Check CPU Unit indicators at the remote node remote node and clear the error in the CPU Unit refer to the PC s operation manuals 04 Unit number setting error Make sure the unit number is within the specified range and that the same unit number is not used twice in the same network 04 Not 01 An undefined command has been used Check the command code and be sure the executable command is supported by the Unit to which Service not you are sending it supported A short frame 4 bytes is being used for Check the FINS header frame length The the FINS header frame Ethernet Unit does not support short heade
326. truction or to monitor the completion timing and actual processing of the instruction so this helps to sim plify ladder programming A total of eight ports UDP and TCP combined can be used for socket services UNIX computer etc node with socket services interface Ethernet Socket Service Request Switches KEL Derri TCP UDP Parameters protocol Ethernet Unit CS1 series CPU Unit The other way to use socket services is to request a UDP or TCP socket service by sending a FINS command to the Ethernet Unit by executing CMND 490 from the CPU Unit When the Ethernet Unit receives the socket service request it re turns a response to the CPU Unit to confirm that it received the request and then begins the requested processing When the processing is completed the re sults are stored in the Results Storage Area in the CPU Unit Eight TCP ports and eight UDP ports can be used TCP protocol 2003 UDP protocol mj TCP UDP protocol CS1 series CPU Unit m UNIX computer etc node with socket Services interface ES Results Storage Area T Socket interface Ethernet Unit CS1 series CPU Unit Mail Section 2 5 2 4 FTP Server The Ethernet Unit has a built in FTP server function so other computers on the Ethernet can read or write individual files in a Memory Card mounted to the CPU Unit or in EM file
327. ts Command Results storage area stores the actual number of bytes sent Storage Area Data Sent Command Specifies the data to be sent Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small The number of bytes sent does not match the amount of data The TCP socket number or number of bytes sent is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket is sending data No connection could be established to the specified socket High traffic at Unit cannot execute service 209 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 0020 Connection to the remote socket was broken during transmission EPIPE 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENOBUFS 0042 see note An error occurred EMSGSIZE 0044 see note Received ICMP data ENOPROTOOPT 0045 see note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNABORTED 004B see note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004E see note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address ENETUNREACH 004F see note Received ICMP data EHOSTDOWN 0051 see note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP
328. ttempt to do so may result in malfunction fire or electric shock Do not touch the Power Supply Unit while power is being supplied or immediately after power has been turned OFF Doing so may result in electric shock Tighten the screws on the terminal block of the AC Power Supply Unit to the torque specified in the operation manual The loose screws may result in burning or malfunction Application Precautions 4 Operating Environment Precautions N Caution N Caution Caution Do not operate the control system in the following places Locations subject to direct sunlight e Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tempera ture Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts e Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals Locations subject to shock or vibration Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity Locations close to power supplies The operating environment of the PC System can have a large effect on the lon gevity and reliability of the system Improper ope
329. tworks Address system used IP addresses FINS address system network and node numbers Note Requires routing tables Transmission from Ethernet Unit PING command is issued to Ethernet Unit by CMND 490 instruction in user program Set required parameters in DM from Programming Device and manipulate start switch bit Reception at Ethernet Unit When PING command is received it is automatically returned When internode test message is received it is automatically returned 3 12 2 PING Command The PING command checks communications with another node by sending an echo back request packet and receiving a response packet Use the PING com mand as required to check communications Using the PING command between nodes that support the PING command makes it possible to check whether internode communications are normal For details on using the PING command refer to 9 2 PING Command 3 12 3 Internode Test The internode test is a function for checking a network by sending data to and from specified nodes and checking the responses Use the internode test as re quired to check the FINS communications service settings Using it between Communications Units and Boards that support it makes it possible to check whether the FINS communications service settings are correct For details on using the internode test refer to 9 3 Internode Test Note 1 The internode test can be easily carried out by
330. ubleshooting 180 node numbers converting to IP addresses 45 error indicator 24 setting 25 noise Contact Output Units 229 reduction 226 228 O open 147 optical Ethernet Systems 228 P P S indicator 24 PC errors indicator 24 PING 39 164 211 comparison with internode test 40 echo test 164 port numbers sockets 87 TCP port 97 remote device 97 UDP port 97 reading from Unit 193 remote device 97 power supply 6 terminals 23 256 precautions applications xv Contact Output Units 229 EC Directives xvii environmental 223 general xiv 10 grounding 223 224 TEEE802 3 standards 10 28 inductive voltages 224 inspections 251 installation 10 27 223 coaxial cables 223 IP communications 62 ISO 8802 3 standards 28 operating environment xv replacing Units 249 safety xiv 28 Socket Service Request Switches 94 socket services 92 TCP communications 90 Terminators 223 transceiver cables 224 transceivers 224 UDP communications 62 90 wiring 28 Programming Console 32 Programming Devices 5 connecting 32 CX Programmer 32 38 Programming Console 32 programs examples 81 PROTOCOL STATUS READ 215 protocols Address Resolution Protocol 7 Ethernet 7 Factory Interface Network Service 8 File Transfer Protocol 8 Internet Control Message Protocol 7 Internet Protocol 7 reading status 215 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 8 Transmission Control Protocol 8 User D
331. uch as sending data to enable closing and then only closing once reception of this data has been confirmed When closing a connection for a TCP socket the first port to be closed cannot be reopened for at least 60 seconds after the other port closes However this restriction does not apply for a port opened using the TCP ACTIVE OPEN RE QUEST command with a local TCP port number of 0 port number automatical ly assigned which is closed from the side that actively opened the socket A connection is established for a passively opened socket by actively opening it from another socket You cannot actively open multiple connections to a Socket passively opened at the Ethernet Unit 93 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 e The Ethernet Unit TCP sockets have no KEEP ALIVE function to check that the connection is normal if communications do not occur for a set time period through a communications line for which a connection has been established The Ethernet Unit s TCP sockets make no checks to the socket at the other node Checks made by the remote node however are received as responses so that it is not necessary for the user program to consider the KEEP ALIVE function Precautions in Using e Send and reception processing can not be performed at the same time when Socket Service Request Socket Service Request Switches are used for socket services because there Switches is only one Socket Service Para
332. umptions are made e The IP address of the Ethernet Unit is registered in etc hosts on the worksta tion as cs1 e The default FTP login name is being used CONFIDENTIAL e A processing results data file called RESULT IOM already exists on the Memory Card in the CPU Unit A processing instructions data file called PLAN IOM already exists on the workstation The following procedure transfers the processing results file RESULT IOM from the Memory Card in the CPU Unit to the workstation and then the processing instructions file PLAN IOM is transferred from the workstation to the Memory Card in the CPU Unit Underlined text is keyed in from the FTP client The workstation prompt is indi cated as and the cursor is indicated as W 1 Start FTP and connect to the Ethernet Unit ftp csl FTP started 220 lPaddress CSIW ETNO1 FTP server FTP version ready Name s1 root 2 Enter the login name Name cs1 root CONFIDENTIAL Login name 230 Guest logged in ftp B 3 Make sure the Memory Card is inserted The MEMCARD directory will be displayed if there is a Memory Card in the CPU Unit ftp Is Used to check for Memory Card 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for Is IPaddress portt 0 bytes MEMCARD 226 Transfer complete 15 bytes received in 0 seconds bytes s ft B ftp cd MEMCARD 250 CWD command ftp ME 4 Change to the MEMCARD d
333. upported protocol Close the local socket and try reopening it SUPPORT other than UDP TCP or RAW spe cified 003D EPROTOTYPE Protocol wrong type for socket 003E ENOBUFS No buffer space available There is too much load traffic on the Ethernet Unit Check your user applications 003F EISCONN Socket is already connected con Close the local socket and try reopening it nection attempted to open socket 0040 ENOTCONN Socket is not connected send at tempted to closed socket 0041 EALREADY Operation already in progress con nection attempted to existing non block connection 0042 EMSGSIZE Message too long Check the length of send data UDP or TCP 1 to 1 982 bytes UDP broadcasts 1 to 1 472 bytes 0043 EDESTADDRREQ Destination address required des Close the local socket and try reopening it tination address not specified 0044 ENOPROTOOPT Protocol not available unsupported option specified 0045 ECONNABORTED Software caused connection abort another task closed socket 0046 EINPROGRESS Operation now in progress non block connection ended during pro cessing 0047 ENOTSOCK Socket operation on non socket 0048 EOPNOTSUPP Operation not supported on socket 0049 EADDRINUSE Address already in use UDP or Check the port number TCP open request sent for port al TCP ports can remain unusable for 1 min after ready in use closing 004A ECONNREFUSED Connection refused TCP socket Passively open a remote TCP socket check active ope
334. us was cut off 6 The number of times protocol control blocks or other actively allocated structures were released 7 The number of segments for the round trip time time from segment trans mission to ACK 8 The number of times the round trip time was changed 9 The number of times a delayed acknowledgement ACK was sent If the order of the received segments is reversed ACK is sent with a packet of data separate from ACK response to input data etc or is immediately sent with the ACK for other data 10 The number of times the connection was cut off because no ACK was re turned after several resend attempts 11 The number of times no ACK was returned within the resend timer set time The resend timer sets the maximum time limit between the data being out put and ACK being returned 217 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 218 1 2 3 1 2 3 12 13 14 15 The number of times no window advertisement is received within the time set on the duration timer The duration timer sets the maximum time limit for a window advertisement to be received if the transmission window is smaller than necessary and the resend timer is not set If no window advertisement is received within the time limit the number of segments permitted by the transmission window are sent If the transmission window is set to 0 a win dow probe 1 octet of data is sent before the timer restarts The number of times no
335. used Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small UDP socket number is out of range Local UDP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area Specified socket is already open or is being closed High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENOBUFS 0049 Duplicate UDP port number EADDRINUSE 199 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 10 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST Command Block Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters UDP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Number of Reception Bytes Command Results Storage Area Timeout Value Command Source IP Address Results Storage Area Source UDP Port Number Results Storage Area Received Data Results Storage Area Precautions 200 Requests that data be sent from a UDP socket 27 02 Command UDP Results storage area Number of Timeout code socket reception value number bytes 27 02 Command Response code code Received bytes Results Source IP Source Number of Received data sto
336. utomatically added to the message The FINS gateway function allows access not only to PCs on the same Ethernet network but also to PCs on other networks such as SYSMAC LINK or Controller Link CS1 series CPU Unit Ethernet Unit Ethernet Unit SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 Executing from the host computer FINS commands with UDP IP headers added enables various control operations such as the reading and writing of I O memory of PCs on the Ethernet network mode changes and file memory op erations Ethernet CS1 series CPU Unit Ethernet Unit 2 3 Socket Services By Manipulating Dedicated Control Switches The socket services allow devices on the Ethernet to send and receive various data using the UDP or TCP protocol There are two ways to use socket services as explained below For details refer to Section 6 Socket Services The first way to use socket services is to set the required parameters in the pa rameter area allocated in the DM Area and then to request particular UDP or TCP socket services by turning ON dedicated control switches in memory The Ethernet Unit turns OFF the same bit when the requested process has been completed Data that is sent or received is automatically handled according to the I O memory locations specified in the parameter area 15 Section 2 3 Socket Services By Executing CMND 490 16 There is no need to execute the CMND 490 ins
337. uts are underlined Comments are placed after semicolons ping 130 25 36 8 Executes PING command PING 130 25 36 8 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp seq 0 time 0 ms Enter Ctrl C Key to cancel 130 25 36 8 PING Statistics 9 packets transmitted 9 packets received 0 packets loss round trip ms min avg max 0 1 16 ping 130 25 36 8 Executes PING command PING 130 25 36 8 56 data bytes Enter Ctrl C Key to cancel 130 25 36 8 PING Statistics 9 packets transmitted 0 packets received 100 packets loss Refer to operating system documentation for your host computer for details about using the host computer s PING command 9 3 Internode Test The internode test sends data to and from specified nodes and uses the re sponses to check the network The Ethernet Unit has a built in function to run the internode test If a normal response is returned for an internode test it means that the settings for FINS communications services are correct If a response is not received execute the PING command for the same remote node to see if the Ethernet connection and settings are correct If the PING command can be executed suc cessfully then the FINS settings such as the routing tables node addresses or address conversion method are incorrect 9 3 1 Running the Test Test Pro
338. v FIN snd FIN snd ACK 7 ae WAIT 1 rcv FIN Biber snd ACK rcv ACK of FIN nd FIN FIN WAIT 2 CLOSING LAST ACK rcv FIN rcv ACK of FIN rev ACK of FIN snd ACK 235 Appendix E Auxiliary Area Data The following table and descriptions cover the words and bits in the Auxiliary Area of PC memory that are related to the Ethernet Unit Read only Bits Words Word s A20200 to A20207 Communications Port Enabled Flags Function Bits A20200 to A20207 turn ON when a network instruction SEND RECV CMND or PMCR can be executed with the corresponding port number Bits 00 to 07 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 Settings 0 Network communications running 1 No network communications running A203 to A210 Communications Port Completion Codes These words contain the completion codes for the corresponding port numbers when network instructions SEND RECV CMND or PMCR have been executed Words A203 to A210 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 0000 No error Not 0000 Error code A21900 to A21907 Communications Port Error Flags Bits A21900 to A21907 turn ON when an error occurred during execution of a network instruction SEND RECV CMND or PMCR Bits 00 to 07 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 0 Normal end 1 Error end A30200 to A30215 CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags Bits A30200 through A30215 turn ON while the corresponding CPU Bus Units Units
339. ve control is not performed 7 5 Using FTP Commands This section describes the FTP commands which the host computer FTP client can send to the Ethernet Units FTP server The descriptions should also apply to most UNIX workstations but slight differences may arise Refer to your workstation s operation manuals for details 7 5 1 Table of Commands The FTP commands which can be sent to the Ethernet Unit are listed in the fol lowing table Command Description Connects the specified host FTP server Specifies user name for the remote FTP server Displays the Memory Card file names Display the Memory Card file names and details Changes a file name Creates a new directory in the working directory in the remote host Deletes a new directory from the working directory in the remote host Changes the Ethernet Unit work directory to the specified directory Changes the working directory at the remote host to the parent directory Displays the Ethernet Unit work directory Specifies the data type of transferred files Transfers the specified file from the Memory Card to the local host Transfers multiple files from the Memory Card to the local host Transfers the specified local file to the Memory Card Transfers multiple local files to the Memory Card Deletes the specified file from the Memory Card Deletes multiple files from the Memory Card Disconnects the FTP server Closes the FTP client Closes
340. vers Multipoint transceivers can be used to eliminate the need for coaxial cable which is easily affected by noise and replace it with transceiver cable as shown in the following diagram This will increase overall system resistance to noise Note Up to two sets of multipoint transceivers can be used in a network The length of the network will be limited to the maximum length of transceiver cable Node Node Node Node Node Transceiver cable SB L3 mm Multipoint Transceiver Multipoint Transceiver 227 Network Installation Appendix A Optical Ethernet Systems Some manufacturers provide optical fiber components for Ethernet networks to provide high resistance to noise The following illustrations show some simple examples of optical installations See the manufacturer for specifics Use as Noise Countermeasure The following illustration shows how optical components can be used to convert to optical fiber cable through areas highly prone to noise Node Coaxial cable Transceiver Segment 1 ER Coaxial cable DA Transceiver Transceiver cable rq Optical X transceiver Repeater 228 Noise prone area 4 Noise prone area Optical fiber cable Node Transceiver Segment 2 SEN p Coaxial cable Hd Transceiver
341. words decimal decimal D30000 to D30099 D30800 to D30899 D30100 to D30199 D30900 to D30999 D30200 to D30299 D31000 to D31099 D30300 to D30399 D31100 to D31199 D30400 to D30499 D31200 to D31299 D30500 to D30599 D31300 to D31399 D30600 to D30699 D31400 to D31499 D30700 to D30799 D31500 to D31599 3 4 2 Setting the Node Number With the FINS communications service when there are multiple Ethernet Units connected to the Ethernet network the Ethernet Units are identified by node 25 Switch Settings Section 3 4 numbers Use the Node Number Switches to set the node number between 01 and 7E hexadecimal 1 to 126 decimal Do not set a number that has already been set for another node on the same network Setting range 01 to 7E 1 to 126 decimal The left switch sets the sixteens digit most significant digit and the right switch sets the ones digit least significant digit The node number is factory set to 01 When using the automatic generation method for address conversion set the node number to the same value as that of the Local IP Address Switches If this is not possible then either the IP address table method or the combined method must be used for address conversion For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit Sys tem Setup If the FINS communications service is not being used over the Ethernet network then there is no problem if the node number duplicates that of a
342. x 0 to 126 The range of node addresses is different for networks other than Ethernet Note The message services function does not guarantee that a message will reach the destination node A message may be lost during transmission due to factors such as noise In order to prevent this from occurring when using message ser vices it is common to set up retry processing at the node from which instructions are issued With the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions retry processing is executed automatically by specifying the number of retries so specify a number other than 0 67 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 CMND 049 The CMND 049 instruction sends n bytes of command data starting from the beginning word S at the local node to the node at node number N the data in m number of words starting from the beginning word S at the remote node node number M is received at the words starting from the beginning word D at the local node Local node mand s Beginning command storage word D D Beginning response storage word C C First word of control data below 15 0 Response data n bytes Number of bytes of command data n 0000 to 07C6 Hex 1 to 1 990 bytes 0 15 AAA Number of bytes of response data m 0000 to 07C6 Hex 1 to 1 990 bytes 15 11 87 0 15 10 87 3 0 TEC ERN RAN effet LL Destination network number Io to F Hex O to 15 retries 00 Hex
343. y error has occurred Flashing An illegal IP address has been set With automatic address generation the rightmost two digits of the IP address do not match the node number Refer to 3 4 3 Setting the Local IP Adaress ERH Not lit PC normal PC Error Lit A PC error has occurred e An error exists in I O table unit number system data or routing table settings SD Yellow Not lit Not sending data Ready to send Send Data Lit Sending data RD Yellow Not lit Not receiving data Ready to receive Receive Data Lit Receiving data TCP Yellow Not lit None of the eight TCP sockets provided for socket services is in use TCP Socket in Use Lit At least one of the eight TCP sockets provided for socket services is in use FTP Yellow Not lit FTP server on stand by File Server Service Lit FTP server operating TS Yellow Not lit Not running internode test Internode Testing Lit Running internode test 24 Switch Settings Section 3 4 3 4 Switch Settings This section explains how to set the various switches on the Ethernet Unit 3 4 1 Setting the Unit Number The unit number is used to identify individual CPU Bus Units when more than one CPU Bus Unit is mounted to the same PC Use a small screwdriver to make the setting taking care not to damage the rotary switch The unit number is facto ry set to 0 Setting range OtoF
344. ycle time is 10 ms 83 FINS Server Section 5 5 5 5 FINS Server 84 Maximum transfer delay time Host computer communications processing time 0 011 x 256 10 256 x 0 02 20 host computer communications processing time 42 ms The following table shows the FINS commands that can be addressed to the Ethernet Units The Ethernet Units automatically send responses for these com mands For details refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units RESET CONTROLLER DATA READ CONTROLLER STATUS READ INTERNODE ECHO TEST BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ BROADCAST DATA SEND ERROR LOG READ ERROR LOG CLEAR UDP OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST PING IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE IP ADDRESS TABLE READ IP ROUTER TABLE READ PROTOCOL STATUS READ MEMORY STATUS READ SOCKET STATUS READ ADDRESS INFORMATION READ SECTION 6 Socket Services This section describes the functionality provided by the Ethernet Unit via the socket services G21 OVervieW tri eee ek Sepe dad oe bate bio edad ed 86 6 1 1 Socket Service Functions 0 0 dare niero ee 86 6 122 gt SOCKS zs sos eise a ERES E EE 87 6 1 3 Using Sockets with the Ethernet Unit 00 0000 0 00 0000 87 6 1 4 S

CS1W-ETN01 Ethernet Unit Operation Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents